e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2008
|
or
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the transition period
from to
|
Commission file number
000-50448
Marlin Business Services
Corp.
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Pennsylvania
|
|
38-3686388
|
(State of
incorporation)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification
No.)
|
300 Fellowship Road, Mount Laurel, NJ 08054
(Address of principal executive
offices)
Registrants telephone number, including area code:
(888) 479-9111
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
|
|
Common Stock, $.01 par value
|
|
|
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
|
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ
No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of Registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer, and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer þ
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller
reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company
(as defined in Exchange Act
Rule 12b-2). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by
non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of
such shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was approximately
$63,357,594 as of June 30, 2008. Shares of common stock
held by each executive officer and director and persons known to
us who beneficially owns 5% or more of our outstanding common
stock have been excluded from this computation in that such
persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of
affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination
for other purposes.
The number of shares of Registrants common stock
outstanding as of February 28, 2009 was
12,392,821 shares.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrants definitive Proxy Statement
related to the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days
of the close of Registrants fiscal year, is incorporated
by reference into Part III of this
Form 10-K.
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP.
FORM 10-K
INDEX
1
PART I
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
Certain statements in this document may include the words or
phrases can be, expects,
plans, may, may affect,
may depend, believe,
estimate, intend, could,
should, would, if and
similar words and phrases that constitute forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements are subject to
various known and unknown risks and uncertainties and the
Company cautions that any forward-looking information provided
by or on its behalf is not a guarantee of future performance.
Statements regarding the following subjects are forward-looking
by their nature: (a) our business strategy; (b) our
projected operating results; (c) our ability to obtain
external financing; (d) the effectiveness of our hedges,
(e) our understanding of our competition; and
(f) industry and market trends. The Companys actual
results could differ materially from those anticipated by such
forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, some
beyond the Companys control, including, without limitation:
|
|
|
|
|
availability, terms and deployment of funding and capital;
|
|
|
|
general volatility of capital markets, in particular, the market
for securitized assets;
|
|
|
|
changes in our industry, interest rates or the general economy
resulting in changes to our business strategy;
|
|
|
|
the nature of our competition;
|
|
|
|
availability of qualified personnel; and
|
|
|
|
the factors set forth in the section captioned Risk
Factors in Item 1A of this
Form 10-K.
|
Forward-looking statements apply only as of the date made and
the Company is not required to update forward-looking statements
for subsequent or unanticipated events or circumstances.
As used herein, the terms Company,
Marlin, we, us, or
our refer to Marlin Business Services Corp. and its
subsidiaries.
Overview
We are a nationwide provider of equipment financing and working
capital solutions primarily to small businesses. We finance over
80 categories of commercial equipment important to our end user
customers, including copiers, certain commercial and industrial
equipment, security systems, computers and telecommunications
equipment. Our average lease transaction was approximately
$11,000 at December 31, 2008, and we typically do not
exceed $250,000 for any single lease transaction. This segment
of the equipment leasing market is commonly known in the
industry as the small-ticket segment. We access our end user
customers through origination sources comprised of our existing
network of over 11,400 independent commercial equipment dealers
and, to a lesser extent, through relationships with lease
brokers and direct solicitation of our end user customers. We
use a highly efficient telephonic direct sales model to market
to our origination sources. Through these origination sources,
we are able to deliver convenient and flexible equipment
financing to our end user customers. Our typical financing
transaction involves a non-cancelable, full-payout lease with
payments sufficient to recover the purchase price of the
underlying equipment plus an expected profit. As of
December 31, 2008, we serviced approximately 113,000 active
equipment leases having a total original equipment cost of
$1.2 billion for approximately 92,000 end user customers.
In November 2006 we announced the introduction of business
capital loans. Business capital loans provide small business
customers access to working capital credit through term loans.
At December 31, 2008, the business capital loan portfolio
totaled $12.3 million.
On March 20, 2007, the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) approved the application of our
wholly-owned subsidiary, Marlin Business Bank (MBB)
to become an industrial bank chartered by the State
of Utah. MBB
2
commenced operations effective March 12, 2008. MBB provides
diversification of the Companys funding sources and, over
time, may add other product offerings to better serve our
customer base.
On December 31, 2008, MBB received approval from the
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (FRB) to
(i) convert from an industrial bank to a state-chartered
commercial bank and (ii) become a member of the Federal
Reserve System. In addition, on December 31, 2008, Marlin
Business Services Corp. received approval to become a bank
holding company upon conversion of MBB from an industrial bank
to a commercial bank.
On January 13, 2009, MBB converted from an industrial bank
to a commercial bank chartered and supervised by the State of
Utah and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
(the Federal Reserve Board). In connection with the
conversion of MBB to a commercial bank, Marlin Business Services
Corp. became a bank holding company on January 13, 2009. In
connection with this approval, the Federal Reserve Board
required the Company to identify any of its activities or
investments that were impermissible under the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956, as amended (the Bank Holding Company
Act). Such activities or investments must be terminated or
conform to the Bank Holding Company Act within two years of the
approval (unless additional time is granted by the Federal
Reserve Board). (See Regulation and Supervision in this
Item 1). The Companys reinsurance activities
conducted through its wholly-owned subsidiary, AssuranceOne,
Ltd., are impermissible under the Bank Holding Company Act.
However, such activities would be permissible if the Company was
a financial holding company, and the Company intends to seek
certification from the Federal Reserve Board to become a
financial holding company within two years from its approval to
become a bank holding company.
The small-ticket equipment leasing market is highly fragmented.
We estimate that there are up to 75,000 independent equipment
dealers who sell the types of equipment we finance. We focus
primarily on the segment of the market comprised of the small
and mid-size independent equipment dealers. We believe this
segment is underserved because: 1) the large commercial
finance companies and large commercial banks typically
concentrate their efforts on marketing their products and
services directly to equipment manufacturers and larger
distributors, rather than the independent equipment dealers; and
2) many smaller commercial finance companies and regional
banking institutions have not developed the systems and
infrastructure required to service adequately these equipment
dealers on high volume, low-balance transactions. We focus on
establishing our relationships with independent equipment
dealers to meet their need for high-quality, convenient
point-of-sale lease financing programs. We provide equipment
dealers with the ability to offer our lease financing and
related services to their customers as an integrated part of
their selling process, allowing them to increase their sales and
provide better customer service. We believe our personalized
service approach appeals to the independent equipment dealer by
providing each dealer with a single point of contact to access
our flexible lease programs, obtain rapid credit decisions and
receive prompt payment of the equipment cost. Our fully
integrated account origination platform enables us to solicit,
process and service a large number of low-balance financing
transactions. From our inception in 1997 to December 31,
2008, we have processed approximately 620,000 lease applications
and originated nearly 270,000 new leases.
Reorganization
and Initial Public Offering
Marlin Leasing Corporation was incorporated in the state of
Delaware on June 16, 1997. On August 5, 2003, we
incorporated Marlin Business Services Corp. in Pennsylvania. On
November 11, 2003, we reorganized our operations into a
holding company structure by merging Marlin Leasing Corporation
with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marlin Business Services Corp.
As a result, all former shareholders of Marlin Leasing
Corporation became shareholders of Marlin Business Services
Corp. After the reorganization, Marlin Leasing Corporation
remains in existence as our primary operating subsidiary.
In November 2003, 5,060,000 shares of our common stock were
issued in connection with our initial public offering
(IPO). Of these shares, a total of
3,581,255 shares were sold by the company and
1,478,745 shares were sold by selling shareholders. The
initial public offering price was $14.00 per share resulting in
net proceeds to us, after payment of underwriting discounts and
commissions but before other offering costs, of approximately
$46.6 million. We did not receive any proceeds from the
shares sold by the selling shareholders.
3
Competitive
Strengths
We believe several characteristics may distinguish us from our
competitors, including the following:
Multiple Sales Origination Channels. We use
multiple sales origination channels to penetrate effectively the
highly diversified and fragmented small-ticket equipment leasing
market. Our direct origination channels, which
historically have accounted for approximately 69% of our
originations, involve: 1) establishing relationships with
independent equipment dealers; 2) securing endorsements
from national equipment manufacturers and distributors to become
the preferred lease financing source for the independent dealers
who sell their equipment; and 3) soliciting our existing
end user customer base for repeat business. Our indirect
origination channels have historically accounted for
approximately 31% of our originations and consist of our
relationships with brokers and certain equipment dealers who
refer transactions to us for a fee or sell leases to us that
they originated. In 2008, we took steps to reduce the portion of
our business that is derived from the indirect channels to focus
our origination resources on the more profitable direct
channels. As a result, indirect business represented only 19% of
2008 originations, while direct business represented 81%.
Highly Effective Account Origination
Platform. Our telephonic direct marketing
platform offers origination sources a high level of personalized
service through our team of 86 sales account executives, each of
whom acts as the single point of contact for his or her
origination sources. Our business model is built on a real-time,
fully integrated customer information database and a contact
management and telephony application that facilitate our account
solicitation and servicing functions.
Comprehensive Credit Process. We seek to
manage credit risk effectively at the origination source as well
as at the transaction and portfolio levels. Our comprehensive
credit process starts with the qualification and ongoing review
of our origination sources. Once the origination source is
approved, our credit process focuses on analyzing and
underwriting the end user customer and the specific financing
transaction, regardless of whether the transaction was
originated through our direct or indirect origination channels.
Portfolio Diversification. As of
December 31, 2008, no single end user customer accounted
for more than 0.07% of our portfolio and leases from our largest
origination source accounted for only 3.5% of our portfolio. Our
portfolio is also diversified nationwide with the largest state
portfolios existing in California (13%) and Florida (9%).
Fully Integrated Information Management
System. Our business integrates information
technology solutions to optimize the sales origination, credit,
collection and account servicing functions. Throughout a
transaction, we collect a significant amount of information on
our origination sources and end user customers. The
enterprise-wide integration of our systems enables data
collected by one group, such as credit, to be used by other
groups, such as sales or collections, to better perform their
functions.
Sophisticated Collections Environment. Our
centralized collections department is structured to collect
delinquent accounts, minimize credit losses and collect post
charge-off recovery dollars. Our collection strategy employs a
blend of proven methods, including a life-cycle approach, where
a single collector handles an account through its entire
delinquency period, and a delinquency bucket segmentation
approach, where certain collectors are assigned to accounts
based on their delinquency status. The life-cycle approach
allows the collector to communicate consistently with the end
user customers decision maker to ensure that delinquent
customers are providing consistent information. The delinquency
bucket segmentation approach allows us to assign our more
experienced collectors to the late stage delinquent accounts. In
addition, the collections department utilizes specialist
collectors who focus on delinquent late fees, property taxes,
bankrupt and large balance accounts.
Access to Multiple Funding Sources. We have
established and maintained diversified funding capacity through
multiple facilities with several national credit providers. The
opening of our wholly-owned subsidiary, MBB, provides an
additional funding source. Initially, FDIC-insured deposits are
being raised via the brokered certificates of deposit market.
Our proven ability to access funding consistently at competitive
rates through various economic cycles provides us with the
liquidity necessary to manage our business. (See Liquidity
and Capital Resources in Item 7)
4
Experienced Management Team. Our executive
officers average more than 18 years of experience in
providing financing solutions primarily to small businesses. As
we have grown, our founders have expanded the management team
with a group of successful, seasoned executives.
Disciplined
Growth Strategy
Our primary objective is to enhance our current position as a
provider of equipment financing and working capital solutions,
primarily to small businesses, by pursuing a strategy focused on
organic growth initiatives while actively managing credit risk.
We have responded to recent economic conditions with more
restrictive credit standards, while continuing to pursue
strategies designed to increase the number of independent
equipment dealers and other origination sources that generate
and develop lease customers. We also target strategies to
further penetrate our existing origination sources.
Personnel costs represent our most significant overhead expense
and we actively manage our staffing levels to the requirements
of our lease portfolio. As a financial services company, we are
navigating through the current challenging economic environment.
In response to this, on May 13, 2008, we reduced our
staffing by approximately 14.7%. This action was part of an
overall effort to reduce operating costs in light of our
decision to moderate growth in fiscal 2008. Approximately
51 employees were affected as a result of the staff
reduction. On May 13, 2008, we notified the affected
employees. We incurred pretax costs in the three months ended
June 30, 2008 of approximately $501,000 related to this
action, almost all of which was related to severance costs. The
total annualized pretax cost savings that are expected to result
from this reduction are estimated to be approximately
$2.6 million.
We continue to be impacted by the current challenging economic
environment in 2009. As a result, we have proactively lowered
expenses in the first quarter of 2009, including reducing our
workforce by 17% and closing our two smallest satellite sales
offices (Chicago and Utah). A total of approximately
49 employees company-wide were affected as a result of the
staff reductions in the first quarter of 2009. We expect to
incur pretax severance costs in the three months ended
March 31, 2009 of approximately $500,000 related to the
staff reductions. The total annualized pretax salary cost
savings that are expected to result from the reductions are
estimated to be approximately $2.3 million. Although we
believe that our estimates are appropriate and reasonable based
on available information, actual results could differ from these
estimates.
Asset
Originations
Overview of Origination Process. We access our
end user customers through our extensive network of independent
equipment dealers and, to a much lesser extent, through
relationships with lease brokers and the direct solicitation of
our end user customers. We use a highly efficient telephonic
direct sales model to market to our origination sources. Through
these sources, we are able to deliver convenient and flexible
equipment financing to our end user customers.
Our origination process begins with our database of thousands of
origination source prospects located throughout the United
States. We developed and continually update this database by
purchasing marketing data from third parties, such as
Dun & Bradstreet, Inc., by joining industry
organizations and by attending equipment trade shows. The
independent equipment dealers we target typically have had
limited access to lease financing programs, as the traditional
providers of this financing generally have concentrated their
efforts on equipment manufacturers and larger distributors.
The prospects in our database are systematically distributed to
our sales force for solicitation and further data collection.
Sales account executives access prospect information and related
marketing data through our contact management software. This
contact management software enables the sales account executives
to sort their origination sources and prospects by any data
field captured, schedule calling campaigns, fax marketing
materials, send
e-mails,
produce correspondence and documents, manage their time and
calendar, track activity, recycle leads and review management
reports. We have also integrated predictive dialer technology
into the contact management system, enabling our sales account
executives to create efficient calling campaigns to any subset
of the origination sources in the database.
5
Once a sales account executive converts a prospect into an
active relationship, that sales account executive becomes the
origination sources single point of contact for all
dealings with us. This approach, which is a cornerstone of our
origination platform, offers our origination sources a personal
relationship through which they can address all of their
questions and needs, including matters relating to pricing,
credit, documentation, training and marketing. This single point
of contact approach distinguishes us from our competitors, many
of whom require the origination sources to interface with
several people in various departments, such as sales support,
credit and customer service, for each application submitted.
Since many of our origination sources have little or no prior
experience in using lease financing as a sales tool, our
personalized, single point of contact approach facilitates the
leasing process for them. Other key aspects of our platform
aimed at facilitating the lease financing process for the
origination sources include:
|
|
|
|
|
ability to submit applications via fax, phone, Internet, mail or
e-mail;
|
|
|
|
credit decisions generally within two hours;
|
|
|
|
one-page, plain-English form of lease for transactions under
$50,000;
|
|
|
|
overnight or ACH funding to the origination source once all
lease conditions are satisfied;
|
|
|
|
value-added portfolio reports, such as application status and
volume of lease originations;
|
|
|
|
on-site or
telephonic training of the equipment dealers sales force
on leasing as a sales tool; and
|
|
|
|
custom leases and programs.
|
Of our 284 total employees as of December 31, 2008, we
employed 86 sales account executives, each of whom receives a
base salary and earns commissions based on his or her lease and
loan originations. We also employed 8 employees dedicated
to marketing as of December 31, 2008.
Sales Origination Channels. We use direct and,
to a much lesser extent, indirect sales origination channels to
penetrate effectively a multitude of origination sources in the
highly diversified and fragmented small-ticket equipment leasing
market. All sales account executives use our telephonic direct
marketing sales model to solicit these origination sources and
end user customers.
Direct Channels. Our direct sales origination
channels, which have historically accounted for approximately
69% of our originations, involve:
|
|
|
|
|
Independent Equipment Dealer
Solicitations. This origination channel focuses
on soliciting and establishing relationships with independent
equipment dealers in a variety of equipment categories located
across the United States. Our typical independent equipment
dealer has less than $2.0 million in annual revenues and
fewer than 20 employees. Service is a key determinant in
becoming the preferred provider of financing recommended by
these equipment dealers.
|
|
|
|
Major and National Accounts. This channel
focuses on two specific areas of development: (i) national
equipment manufacturers and distributors, where we seek to
leverage their endorsements to become the preferred lease
financing source for their independent dealers, and
(ii) major accounts (distributors) with a consistent flow
of business that need a specialized marketing and sales platform
to convert more sales using a leasing option. Once a
relationship is established with a major or national account,
they are serviced by our sales account executives in the
independent equipment dealer channel. This allows us to leverage
quickly and efficiently the relationship into new business
opportunities with many new distributors located nationwide.
|
|
|
|
End User Customer Solicitations. This channel
focuses on soliciting our existing portfolio of approximately
92,000 end user customers for additional equipment leasing or
financing opportunities. We view our existing end user customers
as an excellent source for additional business for various
reasons, including (i) retained credit information;
(ii) consistent payment histories; and (iii) a
demonstrated propensity to finance their equipment.
|
Indirect Channels. Our indirect origination
channels have historically accounted for approximately 31% of
our originations and consist of our relationships with lease
brokers and certain equipment dealers who
6
refer end user customer transactions to us for a fee or sell us
leases that they originated with an end user customer. We
conduct our own independent credit analysis on each end user
customer in an indirect lease transaction. We have written
agreements with most of our indirect origination sources whereby
they provide us with certain representations and warranties
about the underlying lease transaction. The origination sources
in our indirect channels generate leases that are similar to our
direct channels. We view these indirect channels as an
opportunity to extend our lease origination capabilities through
relationships with smaller originators who have limited access
to the capital markets and funding.
In 2008, we took steps to reduce the portion of our business
that is derived from the indirect channels to focus our
origination resources on the more profitable direct channels. As
a result, indirect business represented only 19% of 2008
originations while direct business represented 81%.
Sales
Recruiting, Training and Mentoring
Sales account executive candidates are screened for previous
sales experience and communication skills, phone presence and
teamwork orientation. Due to our extensive training program and
systematized sales approach, we do not regard previous leasing
or finance industry experience as being necessary.
Each new sales account executive undergoes a comprehensive
training program shortly after he or she is hired. The training
program covers the fundamentals of lease finance and introduces
the sales account executive to our origination and credit
policies and procedures. It also covers technical training on
our databases and our information management tools and
techniques. At the end of the program, the sales account
executives are tested to ensure they meet our standards. In
addition to our formal training program, sales account
executives receive extensive on-the-job training and mentoring.
All sales account executives sit in groups, providing newer
sales account executives the opportunity to learn first-hand
from their more senior peers. In addition, our sales managers
frequently monitor and coach sales account executives during
phone calls, providing the executives immediate feedback. Our
sales account executives also receive continuing education and
training, including periodic, detailed presentations on our
contact management system, underwriting guidelines and sales
enhancement techniques.
Product
Offerings
Equipment Leases. The types of lease products
offered by each of our sales origination channels share common
characteristics, and we generally underwrite our leases using
the same criteria. We seek to reduce the financial risk
associated with our lease transactions through the use of full
pay-out leases. A full pay-out lease provides that the
non-cancelable rental payments due during the initial lease term
are sufficient to recover the purchase price of the underlying
equipment plus an expected profit. The initial non-cancelable
lease term is equal to or less than the equipments
economic life. Initial terms generally range from 36 to
60 months. At December 31, 2008, the average original
term of the leases in our portfolio was approximately
48 months, and we had personal guarantees on approximately
46% of our leases. The remaining terms and conditions of our
leases are substantially similar, generally requiring end user
customers to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
address any maintenance or service issues directly with the
equipment dealer or manufacturer;
|
|
|
|
insure the equipment against property and casualty loss;
|
|
|
|
pay or reimburse us for all taxes associated with the equipment;
|
|
|
|
use the equipment only for business purposes; and
|
|
|
|
make all scheduled payments regardless of the performance of the
equipment.
|
We charge late fees when appropriate throughout the term of the
lease. Our standard lease contract provides that in the event of
a default, we can require payment of the entire balance due
under the lease through the initial term and can take action to
seize and remove the equipment for subsequent sale, refinancing
or other disposal at our discretion, subject to any limitations
imposed by law.
At the time of application, end user customers select a purchase
option that will allow them to purchase the equipment at the end
of the contract term for either one dollar, the fair market
value of the equipment or a specified
7
percentage of the original equipment cost. We seek to realize
our recorded residual in leased equipment at the end of the
initial lease term by collecting the purchase option price from
the end user customer, re-marketing the equipment in the
secondary market or receiving additional rental payments
pursuant to the contracts automatic renewal provision.
Property Insurance on Leased Equipment. Our
lease agreements specifically require the end user customers to
obtain all-risk property insurance in an amount equal to the
replacement value of the equipment and to designate us as the
loss payee on the policy. If the end user customer already has a
commercial property policy for its business, it can satisfy its
obligation under the lease by delivering a certificate of
insurance that evidences us as a loss payee under that policy.
At December 31, 2008, approximately 57% of our end user
customers insured the equipment under their existing policies.
For the others, we offer an insurance product through a master
property insurance policy underwritten by a third-party national
insurance company that is licensed to write insurance under our
program in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. This
master policy names us as the beneficiary for all of the
equipment insured under the policy and provides all-risk
coverage for the replacement cost of the equipment.
In May 2000, we established AssuranceOne, Ltd., our
Bermuda-based, wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiary, to
enter into a reinsurance contract with the issuer of the master
property insurance policy. Under this contract, AssuranceOne
reinsures 100% of the risk under the master policy, and the
issuing insurer pays AssuranceOne the policy premiums, less a
ceding fee based on annual net premiums written. The reinsurance
contract expires in May 2009.
Portfolio
Overview
At December 31, 2008, we had 113,463 active leases in our
portfolio, representing aggregate minimum lease payments
receivable of $752.8 million. With respect to our portfolio
at December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
the average original lease transaction was $10,959, with an
average remaining balance of $6,651;
|
|
|
|
the average original lease term was 48 months;
|
|
|
|
our active leases were spread among 91,896 different end user
customers, with the largest single end user customer accounting
for only 0.07% of the aggregate minimum lease payments
receivable;
|
|
|
|
over 75.9% of the aggregate minimum lease payments receivable
were with end user customers who had been in business for more
than five years;
|
|
|
|
the portfolio was spread among 12,088 origination sources, with
the largest source accounting for only 3.5% of the aggregate
minimum lease payments receivable, and our ten largest
origination sources accounting for only 10.7% of the aggregate
minimum lease payments receivable;
|
|
|
|
there were 82 different equipment categories financed, with the
largest categories set forth as follows, as a percentage of the
December 31, 2008 aggregate minimum lease payments
receivable:
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment Category
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Copiers
|
|
|
22.97
|
%
|
Commercial & Industrial
|
|
|
8.30
|
%
|
Security systems
|
|
|
7.25
|
%
|
Computers
|
|
|
6.77
|
%
|
Telecommunications equipment
|
|
|
6.64
|
%
|
Closed Circuit TV security systems
|
|
|
5.34
|
%
|
Restaurant equipment
|
|
|
4.86
|
%
|
Computer software
|
|
|
4.13
|
%
|
Medical
|
|
|
3.67
|
%
|
Automotive
|
|
|
3.50
|
%
|
Cash registers
|
|
|
2.31
|
%
|
Water filtration systems
|
|
|
2.24
|
%
|
Healthcare diagnostic
|
|
|
2.19
|
%
|
Office Furniture
|
|
|
2.02
|
%
|
All others (none more than 2.0)%
|
|
|
17.81
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
we had leases outstanding with end user customers located in all
50 states and the District of Columbia, with our largest
states of origination set forth below, as a percentage of the
December 31, 2008 aggregate minimum lease payments
receivable:
|
|
|
|
|
|
State
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
California
|
|
|
13.28
|
%
|
Florida
|
|
|
9.03
|
%
|
New York
|
|
|
8.17
|
%
|
Texas
|
|
|
7.35
|
%
|
New Jersey
|
|
|
5.88
|
%
|
Pennsylvania
|
|
|
4.06
|
%
|
Georgia
|
|
|
3.81
|
%
|
North Carolina
|
|
|
3.58
|
%
|
Massachusetts
|
|
|
3.02
|
%
|
Illinois
|
|
|
3.02
|
%
|
Ohio
|
|
|
2.87
|
%
|
South Carolina
|
|
|
2.54
|
%
|
All others (none more than 2.5)%
|
|
|
33.39
|
%
|
Information
Management
A critical element of our business operations is our ability to
collect detailed information on our origination sources and end
user customers at all stages of a financing transaction and to
manage that information effectively so that it can be used
across all aspects of our business. Our information management
system integrates a number of technologies to optimize our sales
origination, credit, collection and account servicing functions.
Applications used across our business include:
|
|
|
|
|
a sales information database that: 1) summarizes
vital information on our prospects, origination sources,
competitors and end user customers compiled from third-party
data, trade associations, manufacturers, transaction information
and data collected through the sales solicitation process;
2) systematically analyzes call activity patterns to
improve outbound calling campaigns; and 3) produces
detailed reports using a variety of data fields to evaluate the
performance and effectiveness of our sales account executives;
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
a credit performance database that stores extensive
portfolio performance data on our origination sources and end
user customers. Our credit staff has on-line access to this
information to monitor origination sources, end user customer
exposure, portfolio concentrations and trends and other credit
performance indicators;
|
|
|
|
predictive auto dialer technology that is used in both
the sales origination and collection processes to improve the
efficiencies by which these groups make their thousands of daily
phone calls;
|
|
|
|
imaging technology that enables our employees to retrieve
at their desktops all documents evidencing a lease transaction,
thereby further improving our operating efficiencies and service
levels; and
|
|
|
|
an integrated voice response unit that enables our end
user customers the opportunity to obtain quickly and efficiently
certain information from us about their account.
|
Our information technology platform infrastructure is industry
standard and fully scalable to support future growth. Our
systems are backed up nightly and a full set of data tapes is
sent to an off-site storage provider weekly. In addition, we
have contracted with a third party for disaster recovery
services.
Credit
Underwriting
Credit underwriting is separately performed and managed apart
from asset origination. Each sales origination channel has one
or more credit teams supporting it. The vast majority of our
credit analysts are centralized in our New Jersey headquarters.
At December 31, 2008, we had 20 credit analysts managed by
5 credit managers having an average of more than 9 years of
experience. Each credit analyst is measured monthly against a
discrete set of performance variables, including decision
turnaround time, approval and loss rates, and adherence to our
underwriting policies and procedures.
Our typical financing transaction involves three parties: the
origination source, the end user customer and us. The key
elements of our comprehensive credit underwriting process
include the pre-qualification and ongoing review of origination
sources, the performance of due diligence procedures on each end
user customer and the monitoring of overall portfolio trends and
underwriting standards.
Pre-qualification and Ongoing Review of Origination
Sources. Each origination source must be
pre-qualified before we will accept applications from it. The
origination source must submit a source profile, which we use to
review the origination sources credit information and
check references. Over time, our database has captured credit
profiles on thousands of origination sources. We regularly track
all applications and lease originations by source, assessing
whether the origination source has a high application decline
rate and analyzing the delinquency rates on the leases
originated through that source. Any unusual situations that
arise involving the origination source are noted in the
sources file. Each origination source is reviewed on a
regular basis using portfolio performance statistics as well as
any other information noted in the sources file. We will
place an origination source on watch status if its portfolio
performance statistics are consistently below our expectations.
If the origination sources statistics do not improve in a
timely manner, we often stop accepting applications from that
origination source.
End User Customer Review. Each end user
customers application is reviewed using our rules-based
set of underwriting guidelines that focus on commercial and
consumer credit data. These underwriting guidelines have been
developed and refined by our management team based on their
experience in extending credit to small businesses. The
guidelines are reviewed and revised as necessary by our Senior
Credit Committee, which is comprised of our Chief Executive
Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief
Financial Officer and Vice President of Collections. Our
underwriting guidelines require a thorough credit investigation
of the end user customer. The guidelines also include an
analysis of the personal credit of the owner, who often
guarantees the transaction, and verification of the corporate
name and location. The credit analyst may also consider other
factors in the credit decision process, including:
|
|
|
|
|
length of time in business;
|
|
|
|
confirmation of actual business operations and ownership;
|
|
|
|
management history, including prior business experience;
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
size of the business, including the number of employees and
financial strength of the business;
|
|
|
|
third-party commercial reports;
|
|
|
|
legal structure of business; and
|
|
|
|
fraud indicators.
|
Transactions over $50,000 receive a higher level of scrutiny,
often including a review of financial statements or tax returns
and review of the business purpose of the equipment to the end
user customer.
Within two hours of receipt of the application, the credit
analyst is usually ready to render a credit decision on
transactions less than $50,000. If there is insufficient
information to render a credit decision, a request for more
information will be made by the credit analyst. Credit approvals
are typically valid for a
45-day
period from the date of initial approval. In the event that the
funding does not occur within the initial approval period, a
re-approval may be issued after the credit analyst has
reprocessed all the relevant credit information to determine
that the creditworthiness of the applicant has not deteriorated.
In most instances after a lease is approved, a phone
verification with the end user customer is performed by us, or
in some instances by the origination source, prior to funding
the transaction. The purpose of this call is to verify
information on the credit application, review the terms and
conditions of the lease contract, confirm the customers
satisfaction with the equipment, and obtain additional billing
information. We will delay paying the origination source for the
equipment if the credit analyst uncovers any material issues
during the phone verification.
Monitoring of Portfolio Trends and Underwriting
Standards. Credit personnel use our databases and
our information management tools to monitor the characteristics
and attributes of our overall portfolio. Reports are produced to
analyze origination source performance, end user customer
delinquencies, portfolio concentrations, trends, and other
related indicators of portfolio performance. Any significant
findings are presented to the Senior Credit Committee for review
and action.
Our internal credit surveillance team is responsible for
ensuring that the credit department adheres to all underwriting
guidelines. The audits produced by this department are designed
to monitor our origination sources, regional office operations,
appropriateness of exceptions to credit policy and documentation
quality. Management reports are regularly generated by this
department detailing the results of these surveillance
activities.
Account
Servicing
We service all of the leases we originate. Account servicing
involves a variety of functions performed by numerous work
groups, including:
|
|
|
|
|
entering the lease into our accounting and billing system;
|
|
|
|
preparing the invoice information;
|
|
|
|
filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements on leases in
excess of $25,000;
|
|
|
|
paying the equipment dealers for leased equipment;
|
|
|
|
billing, collecting and remitting sales, use and property taxes
to the taxing jurisdictions;
|
|
|
|
assuring compliance with insurance requirements; and
|
|
|
|
providing customer service to the leasing customers.
|
Our integrated lease processing and accounting systems automate
many of the functions associated with servicing high volumes of
small-ticket leasing transactions.
Collection
Process
Our centralized collections department is structured to collect
delinquent accounts, minimize credit losses and collect
post-default recovery dollars. Our collection strategy employs a
blend of proven methods, including a life-cycle approach, under
which a single collector handles an account through an
accounts entire period of
11
delinquency, and a delinquency bucket segmentation approach,
where certain collectors are assigned to accounts based on their
delinquency status. The life-cycle approach allows the collector
to communicate consistently with the end user customers
decision maker to ensure that delinquent customers are providing
consistent information. It also creates account ownership by the
collectors, allowing us to evaluate them based on the
delinquency level of their assigned accounts. The collectors are
individually accountable for their results and a significant
portion of their compensation is based on the delinquency
performance of their accounts. The delinquency bucket
segmentation approach allows us to assign our more experienced
collectors to the later stage delinquent accounts.
Our collectors are grouped into teams that support a single
sales origination channel. By supporting a single channel, the
collector is able to gain knowledge about the origination
sources and the types of transactions and other characteristics
within that channel. Our collection activities begin with phone
contact when a payment becomes ten days past due and continue
throughout the delinquency period. We utilize a predictive
dialer that automates outbound telephone dialing. The dialer is
primarily used to focus on and reduce the number of accounts
that are between ten and 30 days delinquent. A series of
collection notices are sent once an account reaches the 30-,
60-, 75- and
90-day
delinquency stages. Collectors input notes directly into our
servicing system, enabling the collectors to monitor the status
of problem accounts and promptly take any necessary actions. In
addition, late charges are assessed when a leasing customer
fails to remit payment on a lease by its due date. If the lease
continues to be delinquent, we may exercise our remedies under
the terms of the contract, including acceleration of the entire
lease balance, litigation
and/or
repossession.
In addition, the collections department employs specialist
collectors who focus on delinquent late fees, property taxes,
bankrupt and large balance accounts.
After an account becomes 120 days or more past due, it is
charged-off and referred to our internal recovery group,
consisting of a team of paralegals and collectors. The group
utilizes several resources in an attempt to maximize recoveries
on charged-off accounts, including: 1) initiating
litigation against the end user customer and any personal
guarantor using our internal legal staff; 2) referring the
account to an outside law firm or collection agency;
and/or
3) repossessing and remarketing the equipment through third
parties.
At the end of the initial lease term, a customer may return the
equipment, continue leasing the equipment, or purchase the
equipment for the amount set forth in the purchase option
granted to the customer. The end of term department maintains a
team of employees who seek to realize our recorded residual in
the leased equipment at the end of the lease term.
Supervision
and Regulation
Although most states do not directly regulate the commercial
equipment lease financing business, certain states require
lenders and finance companies to be licensed, impose limitations
on interest rates and other charges, mandate disclosure of
certain contract terms and constrain collection practices and
remedies. Under certain circumstances, we also may be required
to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair
Credit Reporting Act. These acts require, among other things,
that we provide notice to credit applicants of their right to
receive a written statement of reasons for declined credit
applications. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act
(TCPA) of 1991 and similar state statutes or rules
that govern telemarketing practices are generally not applicable
to our business-to-business calling platform; however, we are
subject to the sections of the TCPA that regulate
business-to-business facsimiles.
Our insurance operations are subject to various types of
governmental regulation. We are required to maintain insurance
producer licenses in states where we sell our insurance product.
Our wholly-owned insurance company subsidiary, AssuranceOne
Ltd., is a Class 1 Bermuda insurance company and, as such,
is subject to the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda, as amended, and
related regulations.
Banking Regulation. On January 13, 2009,
in connection with the conversion of MBB from an industrial bank
to a commercial bank, we became a bank holding company by order
of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the
Federal Reserve Board) and will be subject to
regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act. In connection
with this approval, the Federal Reserve Board required the
Company to identify any of its activities or investments that
were impermissible under the Bank Holding Company Act. Such
activities or
12
investments must be terminated or conform to the Bank Holding
Company Act within two years of the approval (unless additional
time is granted by the Federal Reserve Board). The Company also
agreed not to make additional investments in, or increase the
types of impermissible products or services offered during this
timeframe without the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. The
Companys reinsurance activities conducted through its
wholly-owned subsidiary, AssuranceOne, Ltd., are impermissible
under the Bank Holding Company Act. However, such activities
would be permissible if the Company was a financial holding
company, and the Company intends to seek certification from the
Federal Reserve Board to become a financial holding company
within two years from its approval to become a bank holding
company. The Bank Holding Company Act requires prior approval of
an acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a
bank or of ownership or control of voting shares of any bank if
the share acquisition would give us more than 5% of the voting
shares of any bank or bank holding company.
MBB is also subject to comprehensive federal and state
regulations dealing with a wide variety of subjects, including
reserve requirements, loan limitations, restrictions as to
interest rates on loans and deposits, restrictions as to
dividend payments, requirements governing the establishment of
branches, and numerous other aspects of its operations. These
regulations generally have been adopted to protect depositors
and creditors rather than shareholders. All of our subsidiaries
may be subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board even
if not otherwise regulated by the Federal Reserve Board, subject
to certain conditions in the case of functionally
regulated subsidiaries, such as broker/dealers and
registered investment advisers.
Regulations governing MBB restrict extensions of credit by such
institution to Marlin and, with some exceptions, to other Marlin
affiliates. For these purposes, extensions of credit include
loans and advances to and guarantees and letters of credit on
behalf of Marlin and such affiliates. These regulations also
restrict investments by MBB in the stock or other securities of
Marlin and the covered affiliates, as well as the acceptance of
such stock or other securities as collateral for loans to any
borrower, whether or not related to Marlin.
Additional Activities. Bank holding companies
and their banking and non-banking subsidiaries have
traditionally been limited to the business of banking and
activities which are closely related thereto. The
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLB Act) expanded the
provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act by including a
section that permits a bank holding company to become a
financing holding company and permits them to engage in a full
range of financial activities. A financial holding company is
permitted to engage in a wide variety of activities deemed to be
financial in nature and includes lending,
exchanging, transferring, investing for others, or safeguarding
money or securities, providing financial, investment or economic
advisory services and underwriting, dealing in, or making a
market in securities. It is our intention in the future to seek
certification from the Federal Reserve Board to become a
financial holding company.
Capital Adequacy. Under the risk-based capital
requirements applicable to them, bank holding companies must
maintain a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets
(including the asset equivalent of certain off-balance sheet
activities such as acceptances and letters of credit) of not
less than 8% (10% in order to be considered
well-capitalized). At least 4% out of the total
capital (6% to be well-capitalized) must be composed of common
stock, related surplus, retained earnings, qualifying perpetual
preferred stock and minority interests in the equity accounts of
certain consolidated subsidiaries, after deducting goodwill and
certain other intangibles (Tier 1 Capital). The
remainder of total capital (Tier 2 Capital) may
consist of certain perpetual debt securities, mandatory
convertible debt securities, hybrid capital instruments and
limited amounts of subordinated debt, qualifying preferred
stock, allowance for loan and lease losses, allowance for credit
losses on off-balance-sheet credit exposures, and unrealized
gains on equity securities.
The Federal Reserve Board has also established minimum leverage
ratio guidelines for bank holding companies. These guidelines
mandate a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to
adjusted quarterly average total assets less certain amounts
(leverage amounts) equal to 3% for bank holding
companies meeting certain criteria (including those having the
highest regulatory rating). All other banking organizations are
generally required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 3%
plus an additional cushion of at least 100 basis points and
in some cases more. The Federal Reserve Boards guidelines
also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal
growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain capital
positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels
without significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore,
the guidelines indicate that the Federal Reserve Board will
continue to consider a tangible tier 1 leverage
ratio (i.e., after deducting all
13
intangibles) in evaluating proposals for expansion or new
activities. MBB is subject to similar capital standards
promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.
The federal bank regulatory agencies risk-based capital
guidelines for years have been based upon the 1988 capital
accord (Basel I) of the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision, a committee of central bankers and bank supervisors
from the major industrialized countries. This body develops
broad policy guidelines for use by each countrys
supervisors in determining the supervisory policies they apply.
In 2004, it proposed a new capital adequacy framework
(Basel II) for large, internationally active banking
organizations to replace Basel I. Basel II was designed to
produce a more risk-sensitive result than its predecessor.
However, certain portions of Basel II entail complexities
and costs that were expected to preclude their practical
application to the majority of U.S. banking organizations
that lack the economies of scale needed to absorb the associated
expenses.
Effective April 1, 2008, the U.S. federal bank
regulatory agencies have adopted Basel II for application
to certain banking organizations in the United States. The new
capital adequacy framework apply to organizations that
(i) have consolidated assets of at least $250 billion,
or (ii) have consolidated total on-balance sheet foreign
exposures of at least $10 billion, or (iii) are
eligible to, and elect to, opt-in to the new framework even
though not required to do so under clause (i) or
(ii) above, or (iv) as a general matter, are
subsidiaries of a bank or bank holding company that uses the new
rule. During a two-year phase in period, organizations required
or electing to apply Basel II will report their capital
adequacy calculations separately under both Basel I and
Basel II on a parallel run basis.
Implementation of Basel II may be delayed, or Basel II
may be modified to address issues related to the financial
crisis of 2008.
Given the high thresholds noted above, Marlin is not required to
apply Basel II and does not expect to apply it in the
foreseeable future. The U.S. federal bank regulatory
agencies issued a separate proposal in December 2006 that would
modify the existing Basel I framework applicable to the vast
majority of U.S. banking organizations not required or
electing to use the new Basel II program. The goal of this
separate proposal would be to provide a more risk-sensitive
capital regime for those organizations and to address concerns
that the new Basel II framework would otherwise present
significant competitive advantages for the largest participants
in the U.S. banking industry.
Prompt Corrective Action. The Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA) requires
the federal regulators to take prompt corrective action against
any undercapitalized institution. FDICIA establishes five
capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized,
undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically
undercapitalized. Well-capitalized institutions significantly
exceed the required minimum level for each relevant capital
measure. Adequately capitalized institutions include depository
institutions that meet but do not significantly exceed the
required minimum level for each relevant capital measure.
Undercapitalized institutions consist of those that fail to meet
the required minimum level for one or more relevant capital
measures. Significantly undercapitalized characterizes
depository institutions with capital levels significantly below
the minimum requirements for any relevant capital measure.
Critically undercapitalized refers to depository institutions
with minimal capital and at serious risk for government seizure.
Under certain circumstances, a well-capitalized, adequately
capitalized or undercapitalized institution may be treated as if
the institution were in the next lower capital category. A
depository institution is generally prohibited from making
capital distributions, including paying dividends, or paying
management fees to a holding company if the institution would
thereafter be undercapitalized. Institutions that are adequately
capitalized but not well-capitalized cannot accept, renew or
roll over brokered deposits except with a waiver from the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and are
subject to restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid
on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions may not accept,
renew or roll over brokered deposits.
The federal bank regulatory agencies are permitted or, in
certain cases, required to take certain actions with respect to
institutions falling within one of the three undercapitalized
categories. Depending on the level of an institutions
capital, the agencys corrective powers include, among
other things:
|
|
|
|
|
prohibiting the payment of principal and interest on
subordinated debt;
|
|
|
|
prohibiting the holding company from making distributions
without prior regulatory approval;
|
|
|
|
placing limits on asset growth and restrictions on activities;
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
placing additional restrictions on transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
restricting the interest rate the institution may pay on
deposits;
|
|
|
|
prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from
correspondent banks; and
|
|
|
|
in the most severe cases, appointing a conservator or receiver
for the institution.
|
A banking institution that is undercapitalized is required to
submit a capital restoration plan, and such a plan will not be
accepted unless, among other things, the banking
institutions holding company guarantees the plan up to a
certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository
institutions holding company is entitled to a priority of
payment in bankruptcy. At December 31, 2008, MBBs
Tier 1 leverage ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
and total risk-based capital ratio were 19.33%, 17.26% and
18.31%, respectively, compared to requirements for
well-capitalized status of 5%, 6% and 10%, respectively.
Pursuant to the Order issued by the FDIC on March 20, 2007
(the Order), MBB was required to have beginning
paid-in capital funds of not less than $12.0 million and
must keep its total risk-based capital ratio about 15%.
MBBs equity balance at December 31, 2008 was
$13.3 million, which qualifies for well
capitalized status. We are seeking to modify the Order
issued when MBB became an industrial bank to eliminate any
inconsistencies between the Order and the Federal Reserve Bank
of San Franciscos approval of MBB as a commercial
bank.
Federal Deposit Insurance. Under the Federal
Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, the FDIC adopted a new
risk-based premium system for FDIC deposit insurance, providing
for quarterly assessments of FDIC insured institutions based on
their respective rankings in one of four risk categories
depending upon their examination ratings and capital ratios.
Beginning in 2007, well-capitalized institutions with certain
CAMELS ratings (under the Uniform Financial
Institutions Examination System adopted by the Federal Financial
Institutions Examination Council) were grouped in Risk Category
I and were assessed for deposit insurance premiums at an annual
rate, with the assessment rate for the particular institution to
be determined according to a formula based on a weighted average
of the institutions individual CAMELS component ratings
plus either a set of financial ratios or the average ratings of
its long-term debt. Institutions in Risk Categories II, III
and IV are assessed premiums at progressively higher rates.
MBB presently is designated a Risk Category I institution,
pending receipt of its initial CAMELS rating expected to be
received during the second quarter of 2009.
On November 21, 2008, following a determination by the
Secretary of the Treasury that systemic risk existed in the
nations financial sector, the FDIC Board of Directors
adopted a new program to strengthen confidence and encourage
liquidity in the banking system by guaranteeing newly issued
senior unsecured debt of banks, thrifts, and certain holding
companies, and by providing full coverage of noninterest-bearing
deposit transaction accounts, regardless of dollar amount (the
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program
(TLGP)). MBB has determined not to participate in
either facet of the TLGP.
After the passage of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of
2008 (the EESA), the FDIC also increased deposit
insurance for all deposit accounts up to $250,000 per account as
of October 3, 2008 and ending December 31, 2009.
Legislation has been introduced that will make this increase
permanent. On December 16, 2008, the FDIC Board of
Directors determined deposit insurance assessment rates for the
first quarter of 2009. Effective April 1, 2009, the FDIC
will change the way its assessment system differentiates for
risk, making corresponding changes to assessment rates beginning
with the second quarter of 2009, and make certain technical and
other changes to these rules. The increase in deposit insurance
described above, as well as the recent increase and anticipated
additional increase in the number of bank failures, is expected
to result in an increase in deposit insurance assessments for
all banks. The FDIC is required by law to return the insurance
reserve ratio to a 1.15 percent ratio no later than the end
of 2013. Recent failures caused that ratio to fall to
0.76 percent as of September 30, 2008.
Source of Strength Doctrine. Under Federal
Reserve Board policy and regulation, a bank holding company must
serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to each
of its subsidiary banks and is expected to stand prepared to
commit resources to support each of them. Consistent with this,
the Federal Reserve Board has stated that, as a matter of
prudent banking, a bank holding company should generally not
maintain a given rate of cash dividends unless its net income
available to common shareholders has been sufficient to fully
fund the dividends and
15
the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be
consistent with the organizations capital needs, asset
quality, and overall financial condition.
USA Patriot Act of 2001. A major focus of
governmental policy applicable to financial institutions in
recent years has been the effort to combat money laundering and
terrorism financing. The USA Patriot Act of 2001 (the
Patriot Act) was enacted to strengthen the ability
of the U.S. law enforcement and intelligence communities to
achieve this goal. The Patriot Act requires financial
institutions, including our banking subsidiary, to assist in the
prevention, detection and prosecution of money laundering and
the financing of terrorism. The Patriot Act established
standards to be followed by institutions in verifying client
identification when accounts are opened and provides rules to
promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and
law enforcement organizations in identifying parties that may be
involved in terrorism or money laundering.
Privacy. Title V of the GLB Act is
intended to increase the level of privacy protection afforded to
customers of financial institutions, including customers of the
securities and insurance affiliates of such institutions, partly
in recognition of the increased cross-marketing opportunities
created by the GLB Acts elimination of many of the
boundaries previously separating various segments of the
financial services industry. Among other things, these
provisions require institutions to have in place administrative,
technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the security and
confidentiality of customer records and information, to protect
against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or
integrity of such records, and to protect against unauthorized
access to or use of such records that could result in
substantial harm or inconvenience to a customer. The GLB Act
also requires institutions to furnish consumers at the outset of
the relationship and annually thereafter written disclosures
concerning the institutions privacy policies.
EESA. Turmoil in the nations financial
sector during 2008 resulted in the passage of the EESA and the
adoption of several programs by the U.S. Department of the
Treasury, as well as several actions by the Federal Reserve
Board. One such program under the Treasury Departments
Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) was action by Treasury to
make significant investments in U.S. financial institutions
through the Capital Purchase Program. Our application to provide
us with the flexibility to participate in the TARP is pending
regulatory approval.
The Federal Reserve has also developed an Asset-Backed
Commercial Paper Money Market Fund Liquidity Facility and
the Commercial Paper Funding Facility. The AMLF provides loans
to depository institutions to purchase asset-backed commercial
paper from money market mutual funds. The CPFF provides a
liquidity backstop to U.S. issuers of commercial paper.
These facilities are presently authorized through April 30,
2009.
Future Legislation. From time to time,
legislation will be introduced in Congress and state
legislatures with respect to the regulation of financial
institutions. It is anticipated that the 111th Congress
will consider legislation affecting financial institutions in
its upcoming session. We cannot determine the ultimate effect
that potential legislation, if enacted, or any regulations
issued to implement it, would have on us.
National Monetary Policy. In addition to being
affected by general economic conditions, the earnings and growth
of MBB are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve
Board. An important function of the Federal Reserve Board is to
regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the
instruments used by the Federal Reserve Board to implement these
objectives are open market operations in U.S. Government
securities, adjustments of the discount rate, and changes in
reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments
are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic
growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments,
and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on
loans or paid on deposits.
The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve
Board have had a significant effect on the operating results of
commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do
so in the future. The effects of such policies upon our future
business, earnings, and growth cannot be predicted.
Dividends. The Federal Reserve Board has
issued policy statements which provide that, as a general
matter, insured banks and bank holding companies should pay
dividends only out of current operating earnings. Pursuant to
its FDIC Order, MBB is not permitted to pay dividends during the
first three years of operations without the prior written
approval of the FDIC and the State of Utah.
16
Transfers of Funds and Transactions with
Affiliates. Sections 23A and 23B of the
Federal Reserve Act and applicable regulations impose
restrictions on MBB that limit the transfer of funds by MBB to
Marlin and certain of its affiliates, in the form of loans,
extensions of credit, investments or purchases of assets. These
transfers by MBB to Marlin or any other single affiliate are
limited in amount to 10% of MBBs capital and surplus, and
transfers to all affiliates are limited in the aggregate to 20%
of MBBs capital and surplus. These loans and extensions of
credit are also subject to various collateral requirements.
Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and
applicable regulations also require generally that MBBs
transactions with its affiliates be on terms no less favorable
to MBB than comparable transactions with unrelated third
parties. MBB completed de novo purchases totaling approximately
$48.0 million of eligible leases and loans from Marlin
Leasing Corporation during the second quarter of 2008, which
completed the anticipated de novo transactions allowed by the
Order.
Restrictions on Ownership. Subject to certain
exceptions, the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended,
prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring
control of a bank holding company unless the FDIC
has been notified 60 days prior to such acquisition and has
not objected to the transaction. Under a rebuttable presumption
in the Change in Bank Control Act, the acquisition of 10% or
more of a class of voting stock of a bank holding company with a
class of securities registered under Section 12 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, such as the Company, would,
under the circumstances set forth in the presumption, constitute
acquisition of control of the bank holding company. The
regulations provide a procedure for challenging this rebuttable
control presumption.
We believe that we currently are in compliance with all material
statutes and regulations that are applicable to our business.
Competition
We compete with a variety of equipment financing sources that
are available to small businesses, including:
|
|
|
|
|
national, regional and local finance companies that provide
leases and loan products;
|
|
|
|
financing through captive finance and leasing companies
affiliated with major equipment manufacturers;
|
|
|
|
corporate credit cards; and
|
|
|
|
commercial banks, savings and loan associations and credit
unions.
|
Our principal competitors in the highly fragmented and
competitive small-ticket equipment leasing market are smaller
finance companies and local and regional banks. Other providers
of equipment lease financing include Key Corp, De Lage Landen
Financial, GE Commercial Equipment Finance and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association. Many of these companies are substantially
larger than we are and have significantly greater financial,
technical and marketing resources than we do. While these larger
competitors provide lease financing to the marketplace, many of
them are not our primary competitors given that our average
transaction size is relatively small and that our marketing
focus is on independent equipment dealers and their end user
customers. Nevertheless, there can be no assurances that these
providers of equipment lease financing will not increase their
focus on our market and begin to compete more directly with us.
Some of our competitors have a lower cost of funds and access to
funding sources that are not available to us. A lower cost of
funds could enable a competitor to offer leases with yields that
are less than the yields we use to price our leases, which might
force us to lower our yields or lose lease origination volume.
In addition, certain of our competitors may have higher risk
tolerances or different risk assessments, which could enable
them to establish more origination sources and end user customer
relationships and increase their market share. We compete on the
quality of service we provide to our origination sources and end
user customers. We have and will continue to encounter
significant competition.
Employees
As of December 31, 2008, we employed 284 people. None
of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining
agreement and we have never experienced any work stoppages.
17
We are a Pennsylvania corporation with our principal executive
offices located at 300 Fellowship Road, Mount Laurel, NJ 08054.
Our telephone number is
(888) 479-9111
and our Web site address is www.marlincorp.com. We make
available free of charge through the Investor Relations section
of our Web site our Annual Reports on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
current reports on
Form 8-K
and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably
practicable after such material is electronically filed with or
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. We include
our Web site address in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
only as an inactive textual reference and do not intend it to be
an active link to our Web site.
Set forth below and elsewhere in this report and in other
documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission
are risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results
to differ materially from the results contemplated by the
forward-looking statements contained in this report and other
periodic statements we make.
If we cannot obtain external financing, we may be unable to
fund our operations. Our business requires a
substantial amount of cash to operate. Our cash requirements
will increase if our lease originations increase. We
historically have obtained a substantial amount of the cash
required for operations through a variety of external financing
sources, such as borrowings under our revolving bank facility,
financing of leases through commercial paper (CP)
conduit warehouse facilities and term note securitizations. A
failure to renew or increase the funding commitment under our
existing CP conduit warehouse facility or add new CP conduit
warehouse facilities could affect our ability to refinance
leases originated through our revolving bank facility and,
accordingly, our ability to fund and originate new leases. An
inability to complete term note securitizations would result in
our inability to refinance amounts outstanding under our CP
conduit warehouse facility and revolving bank facility and would
also negatively impact our ability to originate and service new
leases.
Our ability to complete CP conduit transactions and term note
securitizations, as well as our ability to obtain renewals of
lenders commitments, is affected by a number of factors,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
conditions in the securities and asset-backed securities markets;
|
|
|
|
conditions in the market for commercial bank liquidity support
for CP programs;
|
|
|
|
compliance of our leases with the eligibility requirements
established in connection with our CP conduit warehouse facility
and term note securitizations, including the level of lease
delinquencies and defaults; and
|
|
|
|
our ability to service the leases.
|
We are and will continue to be dependent upon the availability
of credit from these external financing sources to continue to
originate leases and to satisfy our other working capital needs.
We may be unable to obtain additional financing on acceptable
terms or at all, as a result of prevailing interest rates or
other factors at the time, including the presence of covenants
or other restrictions under existing financing arrangements. If
any or all of our funding sources become unavailable on
acceptable terms or at all, we may not have access to the
financing necessary to conduct our business, which would limit
our ability to fund our operations. We do not have long term
commitments from any of our current funding sources. As a
result, we may be unable to continue to access these or other
funding sources. (See Liquidity and Capital Resources in
Item 7). In the event we seek to obtain equity financing,
our shareholders may experience dilution as a result of the
issuance of additional equity securities. This dilution may be
significant depending upon the amount of equity securities that
we issue and the prices at which we issue such securities.
Our financing sources impose covenants, restrictions and
default provisions on us, which could lead to termination of our
financing facilities, acceleration of amounts outstanding under
our financing facilities and our removal as
servicer. The legal agreements relating to our
revolving bank facility, our CP conduit warehouse facility and
our term note securitizations contain numerous covenants,
restrictions and default provisions relating to, among other
things, maximum lease delinquency and default levels, a minimum
net worth requirement, an interest coverage test and a maximum
debt to equity ratio. In addition, a change in the individuals
performing the duties currently encompassed by the roles of
Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating Officer is an event
of
18
default under our revolving bank facility and CP conduit
warehouse facility, unless we hire a replacement acceptable to
our lenders within 180 days.
A merger or consolidation with another company in which we are
not the surviving entity, likewise, is an event of default under
our financing facilities. Further, our revolving bank facility
and CP conduit warehouse facility contain cross default
provisions whereby certain defaults under one facility would
also be an event of default under the other facilities. An event
of default under the revolving bank facility or a CP conduit
warehouse facility could result in termination of further funds
being made available under these facilities. An event of default
under any of our facilities could result in an acceleration of
amounts outstanding under the facilities, foreclosure on all or
a portion of the leases financed by the facilities
and/or our
removal as a servicer of the leases financed by the facility.
This would reduce our revenues from servicing and, by delaying
any cash payment allowed to us under the financing facilities
until the lenders have been paid in full, reduce our liquidity
and cash flow.
If we inaccurately assess the creditworthiness of our end
user customers, we may experience a higher number of lease
defaults, which may restrict our ability to obtain additional
financing and reduce our earnings. We specialize
in leasing equipment to small businesses. Small businesses may
be more vulnerable than large businesses to economic downturns,
typically depend upon the management talents and efforts of one
person or a small group of persons and often need substantial
additional capital to expand or compete. Small business leases,
therefore, may entail a greater risk of delinquencies and
defaults than leases entered into with larger, more creditworthy
leasing customers. In addition, there is typically only limited
publicly available financial and other information about small
businesses and they often do not have audited financial
statements. Accordingly, in making credit decisions, our
underwriting guidelines rely upon the accuracy of information
about these small businesses obtained from the small business
owner and/or
third-party sources, such as credit reporting agencies. If the
information we obtain from small business owners
and/or
third- party sources is incorrect, our ability to make
appropriate credit decisions will be impaired. If we
inaccurately assess the creditworthiness of our end user
customers, we may experience a higher number of lease defaults
and related decreases in our earnings.
Defaulted leases and certain delinquent leases also do not
qualify as collateral against which initial advances may be made
under our revolving bank facility or CP conduit warehouse
facility, and we cannot include them in our term note
securitizations. An increase in delinquencies or lease defaults
could reduce the funding available to us under our facilities
and could adversely affect our earnings, possibly materially. In
addition, increasing rates of delinquencies or charge-offs could
result in adverse changes in the structure of our future
financing facilities, including increased interest rates payable
to investors and the imposition of more burdensome covenants and
credit enhancement requirements. Any of these occurrences may
cause us to experience reduced earnings.
Deteriorated economic or business conditions may lead to
greater than anticipated lease defaults and credit losses, which
could limit our ability to obtain additional financing and
reduce our operating income. The capital and
credit markets have been experiencing extreme volatility and
disruption for more than twelve months at unprecedented levels.
In many cases, these markets have produced downward pressure on
stock prices of, and credit availability to, certain companies
without regard to those companies underlying financial
strength. Concerns over inflation, energy costs, geopolitical
issues, the availability and cost of credit, the
U.S. mortgage market and a declining U.S. real estate
market have contributed to increased volatility and diminished
expectations for the economy and the capital and credit markets.
These factors, combined with declining business and consumer
confidence and increased unemployment, have precipitated an
economic slowdown and national recession. These events and the
continuing market upheavals, may have an adverse effect on us.
In the event of extreme and prolonged market events, such as the
global credit crisis, we could incur significant losses. Even in
the absence of a market downturn, we are exposed to substantial
risk of loss due to market volatility.
Our operating income may be reduced by various economic factors
and business conditions, including the level of economic
activity in the markets in which we operate. Delinquencies and
credit losses generally increase during economic slowdowns or
recessions. Because we extend credit primarily to small
businesses, many of our customers may be particularly
susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be
unable to make scheduled lease payments during these periods.
Therefore, to the extent that economic activity or business
conditions deteriorate, our delinquencies and credit losses may
increase. Unfavorable economic conditions may also make it more
difficult for us to maintain both our new lease origination
volume and the credit quality of new
19
leases at levels previously attained. Unfavorable economic
conditions could also increase our funding costs or operating
cost structure, limit our access to the securitization and other
capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend
credit to us. Any of these events could reduce our operating
income.
If losses from leases exceed our allowance for credit losses,
our operating income will be reduced or
eliminated. In connection with our financing of
leases, we record an allowance for credit losses to provide for
estimated losses. Our allowance for credit losses is based on,
among other things, past collection experience, industry data,
lease delinquency data and our assessment of prospective
collection risks. Determining the appropriate level of the
allowance is an inherently uncertain process and therefore our
determination of this allowance may prove to be inadequate to
cover losses in connection with our portfolio of leases. Factors
that could lead to the inadequacy of our allowance may include
our inability to manage collections effectively, unanticipated
adverse changes in the economy or discrete events adversely
affecting specific leasing customers, industries or geographic
areas. Losses in excess of our allowance for credit losses would
cause us to increase our provision for credit losses, reducing
or eliminating our operating income.
If we are unable to effectively execute our business
strategy, we may suffer material operating
losses. Our financial position, liquidity, and
results of operations depend on managements ability to
execute our business strategy and navigate through the current
challenging economic environment. Key factors involved in the
execution of this strategy include achieving the desired volume
of leases of suitable yield and credit quality, effectively
managing those leases and obtaining appropriate funding.
Accomplishing such a result on a cost-effective basis is largely
a function of our marketing capabilities, our management of the
leasing process, our credit underwriting guidelines, our ability
to provide competent, attentive and efficient servicing to our
end user customers, our ability to execute effective credit risk
management and collection techniques, our access to financing
sources on acceptable terms and our ability to attract and
retain high quality employees in all areas of our business.
Failure to manage effectively these and other factors related to
our business strategy and our overall operations may cause us to
suffer material operating losses.
If we cannot effectively compete within the equipment leasing
industry, we may be unable to increase our revenues or maintain
our current levels of operations. The business of
small-ticket equipment leasing is highly fragmented and
competitive. Many of our competitors are substantially larger
and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing
resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a
lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not
available to us. A lower cost of funds could enable a competitor
to offer leases with yields that are lower than those we use to
price our leases, potentially forcing us to decrease our yields
or lose origination volume. In addition, certain of our
competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk
assessments, which could allow them to establish more
origination source and end user customer relationships and
increase their market share. There are few barriers to entry
with respect to our business and, therefore, new competitors
could enter the business of small-ticket equipment leasing at
any time. The companies that typically provide financing for
large-ticket or middle-market transactions could begin competing
with us on small-ticket equipment leases. If this occurs, or we
are unable to compete effectively with our competitors, we may
be unable to sustain our operations at their current levels or
generate revenue growth.
If we cannot maintain our relationships with origination
sources, our ability to generate lease transactions and related
revenues may be significantly impeded. We have
formed relationships with thousands of origination sources,
comprised primarily of independent equipment dealers and, to a
lesser extent, lease brokers. We rely on these relationships to
generate lease applications and originations. Most of these
relationships are not formalized in written agreements and those
that are formalized by written agreements are typically
terminable at will. Our typical relationship does not commit the
origination source to provide a minimum number of lease
transactions to us nor does it require the origination source to
direct all of its lease transactions to us. The decision by a
significant number of our origination sources to refer their
leasing transactions to another company could impede our ability
to generate lease transactions and related revenues.
If interest rates change significantly, we may be subject to
higher interest costs on future term note securitizations and we
may be unable to hedge our variable-rate borrowings effectively,
which may cause us to suffer material
losses. Because we generally fund our leases
through a revolving bank facility, a CP conduit warehouse
facility and term note securitizations, our margins could be
reduced by an increase in interest rates. Each
20
of our leases is structured so that the sum of all scheduled
lease payments will equal the cost of the equipment to us, less
the residual, plus a return on the amount of our investment.
This return is known as the yield. The yield on our leases is
fixed because the scheduled payments are fixed at the time of
lease origination. When we originate or acquire leases, we base
our pricing in part on the spread we expect to achieve between
the yield on each lease and the effective interest rate we
expect to pay when we finance the lease. To the extent that a
lease is financed with variable-rate funding, increases in
interest rates during the term of a lease could narrow or
eliminate the spread, or result in a negative spread. A negative
spread is an interest cost greater than the yield on the lease.
Currently, our revolving bank facility and our CP conduit
warehouse facility have variable rates based on LIBOR, prime
rate or commercial paper interest rates. As a result, because
our assets have a fixed interest rate, increases in LIBOR, prime
rate or commercial paper interest rates would negatively impact
our earnings. If interest rates increase faster than we are able
to adjust the pricing under our new leases, our net interest
margin would be reduced. As required under our financing
facility agreement, we enter into interest-rate cap agreements
to hedge against the risk of interest rate increases in our CP
conduit warehouse facility. If our hedging strategies are
imperfectly implemented or if a counterparty defaults on a
hedging agreement, we could suffer losses relating to our
hedging activities. In addition, with respect to our fixed-rate
borrowings, such as our term note securitizations, increases in
interest rates could have the effect of increasing our borrowing
costs on future term note transactions.
The departure of any of our key management personnel or our
inability to hire suitable replacements for our management may
result in defaults under our financing facilities, which could
restrict our ability to access funding and operate our business
effectively. Our future success depends to a
significant extent on the continued service of our senior
management team. A change in the individuals performing the
duties currently encompassed by the roles of Chief Executive
Officer or Chief Operating Officer is an event of default under
our revolving bank facility and CP conduit warehouse facility,
unless we hire a replacement acceptable to our lenders within
180 days.
The termination or interruption of, or a decrease in volume
under, our property insurance program would cause us to
experience lower revenues and may result in a significant
reduction in our net income. Our end user
customers are required to obtain all-risk property insurance for
the replacement value of the leased equipment. The end user
customer has the option of either delivering a certificate of
insurance listing us as loss payee under a commercial property
policy issued by a third-party insurer or satisfying their
insurance obligation through our insurance program. Under our
program, the end user customer purchases coverage under a master
property insurance policy written by a national third-party
insurer (our primary insurer) with whom our captive
insurance subsidiary, AssuranceOne, Ltd., has entered into a
100% reinsurance arrangement. Termination or interruption of our
program could occur for a variety of reasons, including:
1) adverse changes in laws or regulations affecting our
primary insurer or AssuranceOne, Ltd.; 2) a change in the
financial condition or financial strength ratings of our primary
insurer or AssuranceOne, Ltd.; 3) negative developments in
the loss reserves or future loss experience of AssuranceOne,
Ltd., which render it uneconomical for us to continue the
program; 4) termination or expiration of the reinsurance
agreement with our primary insurer, coupled with an inability by
us to identify quickly and negotiate an acceptable arrangement
with a replacement carrier; 5) competitive factors in the
property insurance market; or 6) failure of the Company to
become a financial holding company within two years of its
approval as a bank holding company, thereby requiring the
Company to terminate its insurance operations given they are
impermissible activities under the Bank Holding Company Act. If
there is a termination or interruption of this program or if
fewer end user customers elected to satisfy their insurance
obligations through our program, we would experience lower
revenues and our net income may be reduced.
Regulatory and legal uncertainties could result in
significant financial losses and may require us to alter our
business strategy and operations. Laws or
regulations may be adopted with respect to our equipment leases
or the equipment leasing, telemarketing and collection
processes. Any new legislation or regulation, or changes in the
interpretation of existing laws, that affect the equipment
leasing industry could increase our costs of compliance or
require us to alter our business strategy.
We, like other finance companies, face the risk of litigation,
including class action litigation, and regulatory investigations
and actions in connection with our business activities. These
matters may be difficult to assess or quantify, and their
magnitude may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. A
substantial legal liability or a significant regulatory action
against us could cause us to suffer significant costs and
expenses, and could require us to alter our business strategy
and the manner in which we operate our business.
21
Government regulation significantly affects our
business. The banking industry is heavily
regulated, and such regulations are intended primarily for the
protection of depositors and the federal deposit insurance
funds, not shareholders. As of January 13, 2009, as a bank
holding company, we will be subject to regulation by the Federal
Reserve Board and the subject to the Bank Holding Company Act.
Our bank subsidiary, MBB, will be also be subject to regulation
by the Federal Reserve Board and is subject to regulation by the
State of Utah. These regulations affect lending practices,
capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, and
growth. In addition, changes in laws, regulations, and
regulatory practices affecting the banking industry may limit
the manner in which we may conduct our business. Such changes
may adversely affect us, including our ability to make loans and
leases, and may also result in the imposition of additional
costs on us.
Failure to realize the projected value of residual interests
in equipment we finance would reduce the residual value of
equipment recorded as assets on our balance sheet and may reduce
our operating income. We estimate the residual
value of the equipment which is recorded as an asset on our
balance sheet. Realization of residual values depends on
numerous factors including: the general market conditions at the
time of expiration of the lease; the cost of comparable new
equipment; the obsolescence of the leased equipment; any unusual
or excessive wear and tear on or damage to the equipment; the
effect of any additional or amended government regulations; and
the foreclosure by a secured party of our interest in a
defaulted lease. Our failure to realize our recorded residual
values would reduce the residual value of equipment recorded as
assets on our balance sheet and may reduce our operating income.
If we experience significant telecommunications or technology
downtime, our operations would be disrupted and our ability to
generate operating income could be negatively
impacted. Our business depends in large part on
our telecommunications and information management systems. The
temporary or permanent loss of our computer systems,
telecommunications equipment or software systems, through
casualty or operating malfunction, could disrupt our operations
and negatively impact our ability to service our customers and
lead to significant declines in our operating income.
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate
significantly. Our operating results may differ
from quarter to quarter, and these differences may be
significant. Factors that may cause these differences include:
changes in the volume of lease applications, approvals and
originations; changes in interest rates; the timing of term note
securitizations; the availability and cost of capital and
funding; the degree of competition we face; the levels of
charge-offs we incur; general economic conditions and other
factors. In addition, by discontinuing hedge accounting
effective July 1, 2008, any subsequent changes in the fair
value of derivative instruments, including those that had
previously been accounted for under hedge accounting, is
recognized immediately in loss on derivatives and hedging
activities in the consolidated statements of income. This change
creates volatility in our results of operations, as the market
value of our derivatives may change over time, and this
volatility may adversely impact our results of operations and
financial condition. These changes in value are based on the
values of the derivative contracts as of the dates reported in a
volatile market that changes daily, and will not necessarily
reflect the value at settlement. The results of any one quarter
may not indicate what our performance may be in the future.
Our common stock price is volatile. The
trading price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially
depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control
and may not be related to our operating performance. These
fluctuations could cause you to lose part or all of your
investment in our shares of common stock. Those factors that
could cause fluctuations include, but are not limited to, the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from
time to time;
|
|
|
|
significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of
financial services companies;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated changes in our earnings or fluctuations in
our operating results or in the expectations of market analysts;
|
|
|
|
investor perceptions of the equipment leasing industry in
general and our company in particular;
|
|
|
|
the operating and stock performance of comparable companies;
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions and trends;
|
|
|
|
major catastrophic events;
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
loss of external funding sources;
|
|
|
|
sales of large blocks of our stock or sales by insiders; or
|
|
|
|
departures of key personnel.
|
It is possible that in some future quarter our operating results
may be below the expectations of financial market analysts and
investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price
of our common stock may decline.
Certain investors continue to own a large percentage of our
common stock and have filed a shelf registration statement,
which could result in additional shares being sold into the
public market and thereby affect the market price of our common
stock. Two institutional investors who first
purchased our common stock in private placement transactions
prior to our IPO owned approximately 26% of the outstanding
shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2008. A shelf
registration statement on
Form S-3
(No. 333-128329)
registering 4,294,947 shares of common stock owned by these
two investors became effective on December 19, 2005. In
November 2006, one of the investors sold 1,000,000 shares
of common stock pursuant to a public offering under the shelf
registration statement. Further sales by these investors of all
or a portion of their shares pursuant to the shelf registration
statement or otherwise could ultimately affect the market price
of our common stock.
Anti-takeover provisions and our right to issue preferred
stock could make a third-party acquisition of us
difficult. We are a Pennsylvania corporation.
Anti-takeover provisions of Pennsylvania law could make it more
difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if
such change in control would be beneficial to our shareholders.
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our
bylaws contain certain other provisions that would make it more
difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, including
a provision that our board of directors may issue preferred
stock without shareholder approval.
|
|
Item 1B.
|
Unresolved
Staff Comments
|
None
At December 31, 2008, we operated from six leased
facilities including our executive office facility and five
branch offices. In December 2004, we relocated our Mount Laurel,
New Jersey executive offices to a leased facility of
approximately 50,000 square feet under a lease that expires
in May 2013. We also lease 3,524 square feet of office
space in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, where we perform our lease
recording and acceptance functions. Our Philadelphia lease
expires in July 2013. In addition, we have regional offices in
Johns Creek, Georgia (a suburb of Atlanta), Englewood, Colorado
(a suburb of Denver), Chicago, Illinois and Salt Lake City,
Utah. Our Georgia office is 5,822 square feet and the lease
expires in July 2013. Our Colorado office is 5,914 square
feet and the lease expires in September 2009. Our Chicago office
is 4,166 square feet and the lease expires in April 2010.
Our Salt Lake City office is 5,764 square feet and the
lease expires in October 2010. We believe our leased facilities
are adequate for our current needs and sufficient to support our
current operations and anticipated future requirements.
|
|
Item 3.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
We are party to various legal proceedings, which include claims
and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In
the opinion of management, these actions will not have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or
results of operations or cash flows.
|
|
Item 4.
|
Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
|
None.
23
PART II
|
|
Item 5.
|
Market
for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
Marlin Business Services Corp. completed its initial public
offering of common stock and became a publicly traded company on
November 12, 2003. The Companys common stock trades
on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol
MRLN. The following table sets forth, for the
periods indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of
our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
11.57
|
|
|
$
|
7.55
|
|
|
$
|
24.34
|
|
|
$
|
20.24
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
8.01
|
|
|
$
|
6.02
|
|
|
$
|
24.29
|
|
|
$
|
18.70
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
9.19
|
|
|
$
|
6.12
|
|
|
$
|
21.94
|
|
|
$
|
14.25
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
8.75
|
|
|
$
|
1.36
|
|
|
$
|
15.37
|
|
|
$
|
11.10
|
|
Dividend
Policy
We have not paid or declared any cash dividends on our common
stock and we presently have no intention of paying cash
dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. The
payment of cash dividends, if any, will depend upon our
earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, cash flow
and long-range plans and such other factors as our Board of
Directors may deem relevant.
The Federal Reserve Board has issued policy statements which
provide that, as a general matter, insured banks and bank
holding companies should pay dividends only out of current
operating earnings. For state-chartered banks which are members
of the Federal Reserve System, the approval of the Federal
Reserve Board is required for the payment of dividends by the
bank subsidiary in any calendar year if the total of all
dividends declared by the bank in that calendar year, including
the proposed dividend, exceeds the current years net
income combined with the retained net income for the two
preceding calendar years. Retained net income for
any period means the net income for that period less any common
or preferred stock dividends declared in that period. Moreover,
no dividends may be paid by such bank in excess of its undivided
profits account.
Number of
Record Holders
There were 423 holders of record of our common stock at
February 28, 2009. We believe that the number of beneficial
owners is greater than the number of record holders because a
large portion of our common stock is held of record through
brokerage firms in street name.
Information
on Stock Repurchases
On November 2, 2007, the Board of Directors approved a
stock repurchase plan. Under this program, Marlin is authorized
to repurchase up to $15 million of its outstanding shares
of common stock. This authority may be exercised from time to
time and in such amounts as market conditions warrant. Any
shares purchased under this plan are returned to the status of
authorized but unissued shares of common stock. The repurchases
may be made on the open market, in block trades or otherwise.
The program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. The
stock repurchases are funded using the Companys working
capital.
24
The number of shares of common stock repurchased by Marlin
during the fourth quarter of 2008 and the average price paid per
share is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
Dollar Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased as
|
|
|
Shares that May Yet
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Part of a Publicly
|
|
|
be Purchased Under
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
Announced Plan or
|
|
|
the Plans or
|
|
Time Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Paid Per
Share(1)
|
|
|
Program
|
|
|
Programs
|
|
|
October 1, 2008 to
October 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,402,903
|
|
November 1, 2008 to
November 30, 2008
|
|
|
8,846
|
|
|
$
|
4.62
|
|
|
|
8,846
|
|
|
$
|
11,361,978
|
|
December 1, 2008 to
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
94,054
|
|
|
$
|
3.64
|
|
|
|
94,054
|
|
|
$
|
11,019,208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total for the quarter ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
102,900
|
|
|
$
|
3.73
|
|
|
|
102,900
|
|
|
$
|
11,019,208
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Average price paid per share includes commissions and is rounded
to the nearest two decimal places. |
In addition to the repurchases disclosed above, pursuant to the
Companys 2003 Equity Compensation Plan (as amended, the
2003 Plan), participants may have shares withheld to
cover income taxes. There were 2,444 such shares repurchased
pursuant to the 2003 Plan during the fourth quarter of 2008, at
an average cost of $6.78.
Sale of
Unregistered Securities
On October 24, 2007, we issued $440.5 million of
asset-backed debt securities through our special purpose
subsidiary, Marlin Leasing Receivables XI LLC. The issuance was
done in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by
Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933. J.P. Morgan
Securities, Inc. served as the initial purchaser and placement
agent for the issuance, and the aggregate initial
purchasers discounts and commissions paid was
approximately $1.3 million.
On September 21, 2006, we issued $380.2 million of
asset-backed debt securities through our special purpose
subsidiary, Marlin Leasing Receivables X LLC. The issuance was
done in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by
Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933. Deutsche Bank
Securities served as the initial purchaser and placement agent
for the issuance, and the aggregate initial purchasers
discounts and commissions paid was approximately
$1.2 million.
25
Shareholder
Return Performance Graph
The following graph compares the dollar change in the cumulative
total shareholder return on the Companys common stock
against the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 Index
and the SNL Specialty Lender Index for the period commencing on
December 31, 2003 and ending on December 31, 2008. The
graph shows the cumulative investment return to shareholders
based on the assumption that a $100 investment was made on
November 12, 2003 in each of the following: the
Companys common stock, the Russell 2000 Index and the SNL
Specialty Lender Index. We computed returns assuming the
reinvestment of all dividends. The shareholder return shown on
the following graph is not indicative of future performance.
Total
Return Performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period Ending
|
Index
|
|
12/31/03
|
|
12/31/04
|
|
12/31/05
|
|
12/31/06
|
|
12/31/07
|
|
12/31/08
|
Marlin Business Services Corp.
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
109.20
|
|
|
|
137.30
|
|
|
|
138.10
|
|
|
|
69.31
|
|
|
|
15.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Russell 2000
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
118.33
|
|
|
|
123.72
|
|
|
|
146.44
|
|
|
|
144.15
|
|
|
|
95.44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SNL Specialty Lender
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
119.39
|
|
|
|
111.06
|
|
|
|
125.78
|
|
|
|
82.42
|
|
|
|
22.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Source : SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville, VA
©
2009
26
|
|
Item 6.
|
Selected
Financial Data
|
The following financial information should be read together with
the financial statements and notes thereto and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in
this
Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per- share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and fee income
|
|
$
|
108,756
|
|
|
$
|
112,227
|
|
|
$
|
97,955
|
|
|
$
|
85,529
|
|
|
$
|
71,168
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
36,880
|
|
|
|
35,322
|
|
|
|
26,562
|
|
|
|
20,835
|
|
|
|
16,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest and fee income
|
|
|
71,876
|
|
|
|
76,905
|
|
|
|
71,393
|
|
|
|
64,694
|
|
|
|
54,493
|
|
Provision for credit losses
|
|
|
31,494
|
|
|
|
17,221
|
|
|
|
9,934
|
|
|
|
10,886
|
|
|
|
9,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest and fee income after provision for credit losses
|
|
|
40,382
|
|
|
|
59,684
|
|
|
|
61,459
|
|
|
|
53,808
|
|
|
|
44,540
|
|
Insurance and other income
|
|
|
6,841
|
|
|
|
6,684
|
|
|
|
5,501
|
|
|
|
4,682
|
|
|
|
4,383
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest and other revenue after provision for credit losses
|
|
|
47,223
|
|
|
|
66,368
|
|
|
|
66,960
|
|
|
|
58,490
|
|
|
|
48,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on derivatives and hedging activities
|
|
|
(16,039
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-interest expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and benefits
|
|
|
22,916
|
|
|
|
21,329
|
|
|
|
22,468
|
|
|
|
18,173
|
|
|
|
14,447
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
15,241
|
|
|
|
13,633
|
|
|
|
11,957
|
|
|
|
11,908
|
|
|
|
10,063
|
|
Financing related costs
|
|
|
1,418
|
|
|
|
1,045
|
|
|
|
1,324
|
|
|
|
1,554
|
|
|
|
2,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-interest expense
|
|
|
39,575
|
|
|
|
36,007
|
|
|
|
35,749
|
|
|
|
31,635
|
|
|
|
26,565
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(8,391
|
)
|
|
|
30,361
|
|
|
|
31,211
|
|
|
|
26,855
|
|
|
|
22,358
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,161
|
)
|
|
|
12,075
|
|
|
|
12,577
|
|
|
|
10,607
|
|
|
|
8,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(5,230
|
)
|
|
$
|
18,286
|
|
|
$
|
18,634
|
|
|
$
|
16,248
|
|
|
$
|
13,459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
(0.44
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.51
|
|
|
$
|
1.58
|
|
|
$
|
1.41
|
|
|
$
|
1.19
|
|
Shares used in computing basic earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
11,874,647
|
|
|
|
12,079,172
|
|
|
|
11,803,973
|
|
|
|
11,551,589
|
|
|
|
11,330,132
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
(0.44
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.49
|
|
|
$
|
1.53
|
|
|
$
|
1.36
|
|
|
$
|
1.15
|
|
Shares used in computing diluted earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
11,874,647
|
|
|
|
12,299,051
|
|
|
|
12,161,479
|
|
|
|
11,986,088
|
|
|
|
11,729,703
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total number of finance receivables originated
|
|
|
24,869
|
|
|
|
33,141
|
|
|
|
34,214
|
|
|
|
32,754
|
|
|
|
31,818
|
|
Total finance receivables originated
|
|
$
|
256,554
|
|
|
$
|
390,766
|
|
|
$
|
388,661
|
|
|
$
|
318,413
|
|
|
$
|
272,271
|
|
Average total finance
receivables(1)
|
|
$
|
680,645
|
|
|
$
|
721,900
|
|
|
$
|
611,348
|
|
|
$
|
523,948
|
|
|
$
|
446,965
|
|
Weighted average interest rate (implicit) on new finance
receivables
originated(2)
|
|
|
13.67
|
%
|
|
|
12.93
|
%
|
|
|
12.72
|
%
|
|
|
12.75
|
%
|
|
|
13.82
|
%
|
Interest income as a percent of average total finance
receivables(1)
|
|
|
12.03
|
%
|
|
|
12.50
|
%
|
|
|
12.70
|
%
|
|
|
12.90
|
%
|
|
|
12.91
|
%
|
Interest expense as percent of average interest-bearing
liabilities
|
|
|
5.62
|
%
|
|
|
5.21
|
%
|
|
|
4.78
|
%
|
|
|
4.24
|
%
|
|
|
3.86
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio Asset Quality Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total finance receivables, end of
period(1)
|
|
$
|
664,761
|
|
|
$
|
749,571
|
|
|
$
|
679,622
|
|
|
$
|
562,039
|
|
|
$
|
479,954
|
|
Delinquencies greater than 60 days past
due(3)
|
|
|
1.59
|
%
|
|
|
0.95
|
%
|
|
|
0.71
|
%
|
|
|
0.61
|
%
|
|
|
0.78
|
%
|
Allowance for credit losses
|
|
$
|
15,283
|
|
|
$
|
10,988
|
|
|
$
|
8,201
|
|
|
$
|
7,813
|
|
|
$
|
6,062
|
|
Allowance for credit losses to total finance receivables, end of
period(1)
|
|
|
2.30
|
%
|
|
|
1.47
|
%
|
|
|
1.21
|
%
|
|
|
1.39
|
%
|
|
|
1.26
|
%
|
Charge-offs, net
|
|
$
|
27,199
|
|
|
$
|
14,434
|
|
|
$
|
9,546
|
|
|
$
|
9,135
|
|
|
$
|
8,907
|
|
Ratio of net charge-offs to average total finance
receivables(1)
|
|
|
3.80
|
%
|
|
|
2.00
|
%
|
|
|
1.56
|
%
|
|
|
1.74
|
%
|
|
|
1.99
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Efficiency
ratio(4)
|
|
|
48.47
|
%
|
|
|
41.83
|
%
|
|
|
44.77
|
%
|
|
|
43.36
|
%
|
|
|
41.63
|
%
|
Return on average total assets
|
|
|
(0.62
|
)%
|
|
|
2.12
|
%
|
|
|
2.54
|
%
|
|
|
2.57
|
%
|
|
|
2.54
|
%
|
Return on average stockholders equity
|
|
|
(3.48
|
)%
|
|
|
12.57
|
%
|
|
|
14.95
|
%
|
|
|
15.96
|
%
|
|
|
16.47
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
32,776
|
|
|
$
|
34,347
|
|
|
$
|
26,663
|
|
|
$
|
34,472
|
|
|
$
|
16,092
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
$
|
66,212
|
|
|
$
|
141,070
|
|
|
$
|
57,705
|
|
|
$
|
47,786
|
|
|
$
|
37,331
|
|
Net investment in leases and loans
|
|
$
|
670,494
|
|
|
$
|
765,938
|
|
|
$
|
693,911
|
|
|
$
|
572,581
|
|
|
$
|
489,678
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
795,816
|
|
|
$
|
959,654
|
|
|
$
|
795,452
|
|
|
$
|
670,989
|
|
|
$
|
554,693
|
|
Revolving and term secured borrowings
|
|
$
|
543,308
|
|
|
$
|
773,085
|
|
|
$
|
616,322
|
|
|
$
|
516,849
|
|
|
$
|
434,670
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
648,360
|
|
|
$
|
809,509
|
|
|
$
|
661,163
|
|
|
$
|
558,380
|
|
|
$
|
464,343
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
147,456
|
|
|
$
|
150,145
|
|
|
$
|
134,289
|
|
|
$
|
112,609
|
|
|
$
|
90,350
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Total finance receivables include net investment in direct
financing leases, loans and factoring receivables. For purposes
of asset quality and allowance calculations the effects of
(1) the allowance for credit losses and (2) initial
direct costs and fees deferred, are excluded. |
|
(2) |
|
Excludes initial direct costs and fees deferred. |
|
(3) |
|
Calculated as a percentage of minimum lease payments receivable
for leases and as a percentage of principal outstanding for
loans and factoring receivables. |
|
(4) |
|
Salaries, benefits, general and administrative expenses divided
by net interest and fee income, insurance and other income. |
28
|
|
Item 7.
|
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
Certain statements in this document may include the words or
phrases can be, expects,
plans, may, may affect,
may depend, believe,
estimate, intend, could,
should, would, if and
similar words and phrases that constitute forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements are subject to
various known and unknown risks and uncertainties and the
Company cautions that any forward-looking information provided
by or on its behalf is not a guarantee of future performance.
Statements regarding the following subjects are forward-looking
by their nature: (a) our business strategy; (b) our
projected operating results; (c) our ability to obtain
external financing; (d) our understanding of our
competition; and (e) industry and market trends. The
Companys actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated by such forward-looking statements due to a number
of factors, some of which are beyond the Companys control,
including, without limitation:
|
|
|
|
|
availability, terms and deployment of funding and capital;
|
|
|
|
general volatility of the securitization and capital markets;
|
|
|
|
changes in our industry, interest rates or the general economy;
|
|
|
|
changes in our business strategy;
|
|
|
|
the degree and nature of our competition;
|
|
|
|
availability and retention of qualified personnel; and
|
|
|
|
the factors set forth in the section captioned Risk
Factors in Item 1A of this
Form 10-K.
|
Forward-looking statements apply only as of the date made and
the Company is not required to update forward-looking statements
for subsequent or unanticipated events or circumstances.
Overview
We are a nationwide provider of equipment financing and working
capital solutions primarily to small businesses. We finance over
80 categories of commercial equipment important to businesses,
including copiers, certain commercial and industrial equipment,
security systems, computers, and telecommunications equipment.
We access our end user customers through origination sources
comprised of our existing network of independent equipment
dealers and, to a much lesser extent, through relationships with
lease brokers and through direct solicitation of our end user
customers. Our leases are fixed-rate transactions with terms
generally ranging from 36 to 60 months. At
December 31, 2008, our lease portfolio consisted of
approximately 113,000 accounts, from approximately 92,000
customers, with an average original term of 48 months, and
an average original transaction size of approximately $11,000.
Since our founding in 1997, we have grown to $795.8 million
in total assets at December 31, 2008. Our assets are
substantially comprised of our net investment in leases and
loans which totaled $670.5 million at December 31,
2008.
In November 2006, we announced the introduction of business
capital loans. Business capital loans provide small business
customers access to working capital credit through term loans.
At December 31, 2008, the business capital loan portfolio
totaled $12.3 million.
Personnel costs represent our most significant overhead expense
and we actively manage our staffing levels to the requirements
of our lease portfolio. As a financial services company, we are
navigating through the current challenging economic environment.
In response to this, on May 13, 2008, we reduced our
staffing by approximately 14.7%. This action was part of an
overall effort to reduce operating costs in light of our
decision to moderate growth in fiscal 2008. Approximately
51 employees were affected as a result of the staff
reduction. On May 13, 2008, we notified the affected
employees. We incurred pretax costs in the three months ended
June 30, 2008 of approximately
29
$501,000 related to this action, almost all of which was related
to severance costs. The total annualized pretax cost savings
that are expected to result from this reduction are estimated to
be approximately $2.6 million.
We continue to be impacted by the current challenging economic
environment in 2009. As a result, we have proactively lowered
expenses in the first quarter of 2009, including reducing our
workforce by 17% and closing our two smallest satellite sales
offices (Chicago and Utah). A total of approximately
49 employees company-wide were affected as a result of the
staff reductions in the first quarter of 2009. We expect to
incur pretax severance costs in the three months ended
March 31, 2009 of approximately $500,000 related to the
staff reductions. The total annualized pretax salary cost
savings that are expected to result from the reductions are
estimated to be approximately $2.3 million. Although we
believe that our estimates are appropriate and reasonable based
on available information, actual results could differ from these
estimates.
Our revenue consists of interest and fees from our leases and
loans and, to a lesser extent, income from our property
insurance program and other fee income. Our expenses consist of
interest expense and operating expenses, which include salaries
and benefits and other general and administrative expenses. As a
credit lender, our earnings are also significantly impacted by
credit losses. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our
net credit losses were 3.80% of our average total finance
receivables. We establish reserves for credit losses which
require us to estimate inherent losses in our portfolio.
Our leases are classified under generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America as direct financing
leases, and we recognize interest income over the term of the
lease. Direct financing leases transfer substantially all of the
benefits and risks of ownership to the equipment lessee. Our net
investment in direct financing leases is included in our
consolidated financial statements as part of net
investment in leases and loans. Net investment in direct
financing leases consists of the sum of total minimum lease
payments receivable and the estimated residual value of leased
equipment, less unearned lease income. Unearned lease income
consists of the excess of the total future minimum lease
payments receivable plus the estimated residual value expected
to be realized at the end of the lease term plus deferred net
initial direct costs and fees less the cost of the related
equipment. Approximately 73% of our lease portfolio amortizes
over the term to a $1 residual value. For the remainder of the
portfolio, we must estimate end of term residual values for the
leased assets. Failure to correctly estimate residual values
could result in losses being realized on the disposition of the
equipment at the end of the lease term.
Since our founding, we have funded our business through a
combination of variable-rate borrowings and fixed-rate asset
securitization transactions, as well as through the issuance
from time to time of subordinated debt and equity. Our
variable-rate financing sources consist of a revolving bank
facility and a commercial paper (CP) conduit
warehouse facility. We issue fixed-rate term debt through the
asset-backed securitization market. Typically, leases are funded
through variable-rate borrowings until they are refinanced
through the term note securitization at fixed rates. All of our
term note securitizations have been accounted for as on-balance
sheet transactions and, therefore, we have not recognized gains
or losses from these transactions. As of December 31 2008,
$441.4 million, or 81.2%, of our $543.3 million in
total borrowings were fixed cost term note securitizations.
Since we initially finance our fixed-rate leases with
variable-rate financing, our earnings are exposed to
interest-rate risk should interest rates rise before we complete
our fixed-rate term note securitizations. We generally benefit
in times of falling and low interest rates. We are also
dependent upon obtaining future financing to refinance our
warehouse lines of credit in order to grow our lease portfolio.
We have historically completed a fixed-rate term note
securitization approximately once a year. Due to the impact on
interest rates from unfavorable market conditions and the
available capacity in our warehouse facilities, the Company
elected not to complete a fixed-rate term note securitization in
2008. Failure to obtain such financing, or other alternate
financing in the future, may significantly restrict our growth
and future financial performance.
We use derivative financial instruments to manage exposure to
the effects of changes in market interest rates and to fulfill
certain covenants in our borrowing arrangements. All derivatives
are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair
value as either assets or liabilities. Accounting for the
changes in fair value of derivatives depends on whether the
derivative has been designated and qualifies for hedge
accounting treatment pursuant to Statement of Financial
Standards (SFAS) No. 133, as amended,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities. While the Company may continue to use derivative
financial instruments to reduce exposure to
30
changing interest rates, effective July 1, 2008, the
Company discontinued the use of hedge accounting pursuant to
SFAS No. 133.
On March 20, 2007, the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) approved the application of our
wholly-owned subsidiary, Marlin Business Bank (MBB)
to become an industrial bank chartered by the State of Utah. MBB
commenced operations effective March 12, 2008. MBB provides
diversification of the Companys funding sources and, over
time, may add other product offerings to better serve our
customer base.
On December 31, 2008, MBB received approval from the
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (FRB) to
(i) convert from an industrial bank to a state-chartered
commercial bank and (ii) become a member of the Federal
Reserve System. In addition, on December 31, 2008, Marlin
Business Services Corp. received approval to become a bank
holding company upon conversion of MBB from an industrial bank
to a commercial bank.
On January 13, 2009, MBB converted from an industrial bank
to a commercial bank chartered and supervised by the State of
Utah and the Federal Reserve Board. In connection with the
conversion of MBB to a commercial bank, Marlin Business Services
Corp. became a bank holding company on January 13, 2009. In
connection with this approval, the Federal Reserve Board
required the Company to identify any of its activities or
investments that were impermissible under the Bank Holding
Company Act. Such activities or investments must be terminated
or conform to the Bank Holding Company Act within two years of
the approval (unless additional time is granted by the Federal
Reserve Board). (See Regulation and Supervision in Item 1).
The Companys reinsurance activities conducted through its
wholly-owned subsidiary, AssuranceOne, Ltd., are impermissible
under the Bank Holding Company Act. However, such activities
would be permissible if the Company was a financial holding
company, and the Company intends to seek certification from the
Federal Reserve Board to become a financial holding company
within two years from its approval to become a bank holding
company. The Bank Holding Company Act requires prior approval of
an acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a
bank or of ownership or control of voting shares of any bank if
the share acquisition would give us more than 5% of the voting
shares of any bank or bank holding company.
Reorganization
and Initial Public Offering
Marlin Leasing Corporation was incorporated in the state of
Delaware on June 16, 1997. On August 5, 2003, we
incorporated Marlin Business Services Corp. in Pennsylvania. On
November 11, 2003, we reorganized our operations into a
holding company structure by merging Marlin Leasing Corporation
with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marlin Business Services Corp.
As a result, all former shareholders of Marlin Leasing
Corporation became shareholders of Marlin Business Services
Corp. After the reorganization, Marlin Leasing Corporation
remains in existence as our primary operating subsidiary.
In November 2003, 5,060,000 shares of our common stock were
issued in connection with our IPO. Of these shares, a total of
3,581,255 shares were sold by the company and
1,478,745 shares were sold by selling shareholders. The
initial public offering price was $14.00 per share resulting in
net proceeds to us, after payment of underwriting discounts and
commissions but before other offering costs, of approximately
$46.6 million. We did not receive any proceeds from the
shares sold by the selling shareholders.
On January 13, 2009, in connection with the conversion of
MBB to a commercial bank, Marlin Business Services Corp. became
a bank holding company and thus became subject to regulation by
the Federal Reserve Board as of that date.
Stock
Repurchase Plan
On November 2, 2007, the Board of Directors approved a
stock repurchase plan. Under this program, Marlin is authorized
to repurchase up to $15 million of its outstanding shares
of common stock. This authority may be exercised from time to
time and in such amounts as market conditions warrant. Any
shares purchased under this plan are returned to the status of
authorized but unissued shares of common stock. The repurchases
may be made on the open market, in block trades or otherwise.
The program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. The
stock repurchases are funded using the Companys working
capital.
31
Marlin purchased 331,315 shares of its common stock for
$2.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2008.
At December 31, 2008, Marlin had $11.0 million
remaining in its stock repurchase plan authorized by the Board.
In addition to the repurchases described above, pursuant to the
Companys 2003 Equity Compensation Plan (as amended, the
2003 Plan), participants may have shares withheld to
cover income taxes. There were 2,444 such shares repurchased
pursuant to the 2003 Plan during the year ended
December 31, 2008, at an average cost of $6.78. There were
no such shares repurchased pursuant to the 2003 Plan during the
year ended December 31, 2007.
Critical
Accounting Policies
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and
results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of
America (GAAP). Preparation of these financial
statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that
affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and
expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of our financial statements. On an
ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including credit
losses, residuals, initial direct costs and fees, other fees,
performance assumptions for stock-based compensation awards, the
probability of forecasted transactions, the fair value of
financial instruments and the realization of deferred tax
assets. We base our estimates on historical experience and on
various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable
under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for
making judgments about the carrying values of assets and
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are
reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties. Our
consolidated financial statements are based on the selection and
application of critical accounting policies, the most
significant of which are described below.
Income recognition. Interest income is
recognized under the effective interest method. The effective
interest method of income recognition applies a constant rate of
interest equal to the internal rate of return on the lease. When
a lease or loan is 90 days or more delinquent, the contract
is classified as being on non-accrual and we do not recognize
interest income on that contract until it is less than
90 days delinquent.
Fee income consists of fees for delinquent lease and loan
payments, cash collected on early termination of leases and
other administrative fees. Fee income also includes net residual
income, which includes income from lease renewals and gains and
losses on the realization of residual values of equipment
disposed at the end of term.
At the end of the original lease term, lessees may choose to
purchase the equipment, renew the lease or return the equipment
to the Company. The Company receives income from lease renewals
when the lessee elects to retain the equipment longer than the
original term of the lease. This income, net of appropriate
periodic reductions in the estimated residual values of the
related equipment, is included in fee income as net residual
income.
When the lessee elects to return the equipment at lease
termination, the equipment is transferred to other assets at the
lower of its basis or fair market value. The Company generally
sells returned equipment to an independent third party, rather
than leasing the equipment a second time. The Company does not
maintain equipment in other assets for longer than
120 days. Any loss recognized on transferring the equipment
to other assets, and any gain or loss realized on the sale of
equipment to the lessee or to others is included in fee income
as net residual income.
Fee income from delinquent lease payments is recognized on an
accrual basis based on anticipated collection rates. Other fees
are recognized when received. Management performs periodic
reviews of the estimated residual values and any impairment, if
other than temporary, is recognized in the current period.
Insurance income is recognized on an accrual basis as earned
over the term of the lease. Payments that are 120 days or
more past due are charged against income. Ceding commissions,
losses and loss adjustment expenses are recorded in the period
incurred and netted against insurance income.
Initial direct costs and fees. We defer
initial direct costs incurred and fees received to originate our
leases and loans in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 91,
Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with
Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of
Leases. The initial direct costs and fees we defer are part
of the net investment in leases and loans and are amortized to
interest
32
income using the effective interest method. We defer third-party
commission costs as well as certain internal costs directly
related to the origination activity. Costs subject to deferral
include evaluating the prospective customers financial
condition, evaluating and recording guarantees and other
security arrangements, negotiating terms, preparing and
processing documents and closing the transaction. The fees we
defer are documentation fees collected at inception. The
realization of the deferred initial direct costs, net of fees
deferred, is predicated on the net future cash flows generated
by our lease and loan portfolios.
Lease residual values. A direct financing
lease is recorded at the aggregate future minimum lease payments
plus the estimated residual values less unearned income.
Residual values reflect the estimated amounts to be received at
lease termination from lease extensions, sales or other
dispositions of leased equipment. These estimates are based on
industry data and on our experience. Management performs
periodic reviews of the estimated residual values and any
impairment, if other than temporary, is recognized in the
current period.
Allowance for credit losses. In accordance
with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies,
we maintain an allowance for credit losses at an amount
sufficient to absorb losses inherent in our existing lease and
loan portfolios as of the reporting dates based on our
projection of probable net credit losses. We evaluate our
portfolios on a pooled basis, due to their composition of small
balance, homogenous accounts with similar general credit risk
characteristics, diversified among a large cross section of
variables including industry, geography, equipment type, obligor
and vendor. To project probable net credit losses, we perform a
migration analysis of delinquent and current accounts based on
historic loss experience. A migration analysis is a technique
used to estimate the likelihood that an account will progress
through the various delinquency stages and ultimately charge
off. In addition to the migration analysis, we also consider
other factors including recent trends in delinquencies and
charge-offs; accounts filing for bankruptcy; account
modifications; recovered amounts; forecasting uncertainties; the
composition of our lease and loan portfolios; economic
conditions; and seasonality. The various factors used in the
analysis are reviewed on a periodic basis. We then establish an
allowance for credit losses for the projected probable net
credit losses based on this analysis. A provision is charged
against earnings to maintain the allowance for credit losses at
the appropriate level. Our policy is to charge-off against the
allowance the estimated unrecoverable portion of accounts once
they reach 121 days delinquent.
Our projections of probable net credit losses are inherently
uncertain, and as a result we cannot predict with certainty the
amount of such losses. Changes in economic conditions, the risk
characteristics and composition of the portfolio, bankruptcy
laws, and other factors could impact our actual and projected
net credit losses and the related allowance for credit losses.
To the degree we add new leases and loans to our portfolios, or
to the degree credit quality is worse than expected, we record
expense to increase the allowance for credit losses for the
estimated net losses inherent in our portfolios. Actual losses
may vary from current estimates.
Securitizations. Since inception, we have
completed nine term note securitizations of which six have been
repaid. In connection with each transaction, we established a
bankruptcy remote special-purpose subsidiary and issued term
debt to institutional investors. Under SFAS No. 140,
Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets
and Extinguishments of Liabilities, a replacement of Financial
Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 125, our
securitizations do not qualify for sales accounting treatment
due to certain call provisions that we maintain as well as the
fact that the special purpose entities used in connection with
the securitizations also hold the residual assets. Accordingly,
assets and related debt of the special purpose entities are
included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Our
leases and restricted cash are assigned as collateral for these
borrowings and there is no further recourse to our general
credit. Collateral in excess of these borrowings represents our
maximum loss exposure.
Derivatives. SFAS No. 133, as
amended, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities, requires recognition of all derivatives at fair
value as either assets or liabilities in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets. The accounting for subsequent changes in the
fair value of these derivatives depends on whether each has been
designated and qualifies for hedge accounting treatment pursuant
to the accounting standard.
Prior to July 1, 2008, the Company entered into derivative
contracts which were accounted for as cash flow hedges under
hedge accounting as prescribed by SFAS No. 133. Under
hedge accounting, the effective portion of the gain or loss on a
derivative designated as a cash flow hedge was reported net of
tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets, until the pricing of the related
term securitization. The
33
derivative gain or loss recognized in accumulated other
comprehensive income is then reclassified into earnings as an
adjustment to interest expense over the terms of the related
borrowings.
While the Company may continue to use derivative financial
instruments to reduce exposure to changing interest rates,
effective July 1, 2008, the Company discontinued the use of
hedge accounting. By discontinuing hedge accounting effective
July 1, 2008, any subsequent changes in the fair value of
derivative instruments, including those that had previously been
accounted for under hedge accounting, is recognized immediately
in loss on derivatives and hedging activities. This change
creates volatility in our results of operations, as the market
value of our derivative financial instruments changes over time,
and this volatility may adversely impact our results of
operations and financial condition.
For the forecasted transactions that are probable of occurring,
the derivative gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive
income as of June 30, 2008 will be reclassified into
earnings as an adjustment to interest expense over the terms of
the related forecasted borrowings, consistent with hedge
accounting treatment. In the event that the related forecasted
borrowing is no longer probable of occurring, the related gain
or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income is recognized
in earnings immediately.
The Company has adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements, which establishes a framework for measuring
fair value under GAAP and enhances disclosures about fair value
measurements. As defined in SFAS No. 157, fair value
is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in a orderly transaction between market
participants in the principal or most advantageous market for
the asset or liability at the measurement date (exit price).
Because the Companys derivatives are not listed on an
exchange, the Company values these instruments using a valuation
model with pricing inputs that are observable in the market or
that can be derived principally from or corroborated by
observable market data.
Stock-Based Compensation. We issue both
restricted shares and stock options to certain employees and
directors as part of our overall compensation strategy.
SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment,
establishes fair value as the measurement objective in
accounting for share-based payment arrangements and requires all
entities to apply a fair-value-based measurement method in
accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees,
except for equity instruments held by employee share ownership
plans.
The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) effective
January 1, 2006 using the modified prospective transition
method. Accordingly, stock-based compensation cost is measured
at grant date, based on the fair value of the awards ultimately
expected to vest. Compensation cost is recognized on a
straight-line basis over the service period for all awards
granted subsequent to the Companys adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R), as well as for the unvested portions
of awards outstanding as of the Companys adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R).
We use the Black-Scholes valuation model to measure the fair
value of our stock options utilizing various assumptions with
respect to expected holding period, risk-free interest rates,
stock price volatility, and dividend yield. The assumptions are
based on subjective future expectations combined with management
judgment.
Under SFAS No. 123(R), the Company is also required to
use judgment in estimating the amount of awards that are
expected to be forfeited, with subsequent revisions to the
assumptions if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
In addition, for performance-based awards the Company estimates
the degree to which the performance conditions will be met to
estimate the number of shares expected to vest and the related
compensation expense. Compensation expense is adjusted in the
period such performance estimates change.
Income taxes. The Company accounts for income
taxes under the provisions of SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income
Taxes. SFAS No. 109 requires the use of
the asset and liability method under which deferred taxes are
determined based on the estimated future tax effects of
differences between the financial statement and tax bases of
assets and liabilities, given the provisions of the enacted tax
laws. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets,
management considers whether it is more likely than not that
some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent
upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods
in which those temporary differences become deductible.
Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax
liabilities and projected future taxable income in making this
assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income
and projections for future taxable income over the periods which
the
34
deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is
more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of
these deductible differences.
Significant management judgment is required in determining the
provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities
and any necessary valuation allowance recorded against net
deferred tax assets. The process involves summarizing temporary
differences resulting from the different treatment of items, for
example, leases for tax and accounting purposes. These
differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which
are included within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Our
management must then assess the likelihood that deferred tax
assets will be recovered from future taxable income or tax
carry-back availability and, to the extent our management
believes recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance must be
established. To the extent that we establish a valuation
allowance in a period, an expense must be recorded within the
tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation
No. 48 (FIN 48), Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes, on January 1, 2007.
FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement
attribute for the financial statement recognition and
measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a
tax return. Guidance is also provided on derecognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim
periods, disclosure and transition. Based on our evaluation, we
concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions
requiring recognition in our financial statements. There was no
effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows as a result of implementing FIN 48, and we did not
have any unrecognized tax benefits. At December 31, 2008,
there have been no material changes to the liability for
uncertain tax positions and there are no unrecognized tax
benefits. The periods subject to examination for the
Companys federal return include the 1997 tax year to the
present. The Company files state income tax returns in various
states which may have different statutes of limitations.
Generally, state income tax returns for years 2003 through 2008
are subject to examination.
The Company records penalties and accrued interest related to
uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Such adjustments
have historically been minimal and immaterial to our financial
results.
Results
of Operations
Comparison
of the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
Net income(loss). A net loss of
$5.2 million, or $0.44 per share, was recorded for the year
ended December 31, 2008. This net loss includes an
after-tax charge of approximately $6.7 million due to the
change in market value of derivatives and an after-tax charge of
approximately $3.0 million due to the reclassification into
earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income related to
a hedged forecasted transaction no longer anticipated to occur.
Excluding these after-tax charges totaling $9.7 million,
net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 would have
been $4.5 million, a decrease of 75.4% or
$13.8 million, compared to $18.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2007. Diluted earnings per share
excluding these after-tax charges would have been $0.37 for the
year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $1.49 for the
year ended December 31, 2007.
Excluding the after-tax losses on hedging activities identified
above, returns on average assets were 0.53% for the year ended
December 31, 2008 and 2.12% for the year ended
December 31, 2007. On the same basis, returns on average
equity were 2.98% for the year ended December 31, 2008 and
12.57% for the year ended December 31, 2007.
The provision for credit losses increased $14.3 million, or
83.1%, to $31.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008 from $17.2 million for the same
period in 2007. During the year ended December 31, 2008,
net interest and fee income decreased $5.0 million,
primarily due to reduced interest income from payoffs of older,
higher yielding leases, combined with lower outstanding invested
cash balances.
35
For the year ended December 31, 2008, we generated 24,869
new finance receivables at a cost of $256.6 million
compared to 33,141 new finance receivables at a cost of
$390.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
The reduction in volume was primarily due to our decision to
lower approval rates in response to economic conditions.
Overall, our average total finance receivables at
December 31, 2008 decreased 0.9% to $715.6 million at
December 31, 2008 from $721.9 million at
December 31, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
$
|
86,099
|
|
|
$
|
90,231
|
|
Fee income
|
|
|
22,657
|
|
|
|
21,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and fee income
|
|
|
108,756
|
|
|
|
112,227
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
36,880
|
|
|
|
35,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest and fee income
|
|
$
|
71,876
|
|
|
$
|
76,905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average total finance
receivables(1)
|
|
$
|
715,649
|
|
|
$
|
721,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of average total finance receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
12.03
|
%
|
|
|
12.50
|
%
|
Fee income
|
|
|
3.16
|
|
|
|
3.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and fee income
|
|
|
15.19
|
|
|
|
15.55
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
5.15
|
|
|
|
4.90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest and fee margin
|
|
|
10.04
|
%
|
|
|
10.65
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Total finance receivables include net investment in direct
financing leases, loans and factoring receivables. For the
calculations above, the effects of (1) the allowance for
credit losses and (2) initial direct costs and fees
deferred, are excluded. |
Net interest and fee margin. Net interest and
fee income decreased $5.0 million, or 6.5%, to
$71.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008
from $76.9 million for the year ended December 31,
2007. The annualized net interest and fee margin decreased
61 basis points to 10.04% for the year ended
December 31, 2008 from 10.65% for the same period in 2007.
Interest income, net of amortized initial direct costs and fees,
decreased $4.1 million, or 4.5%, to $86.1 million for
the year ended December 31, 2008 from $90.2 million
for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in
interest income was primarily due to a 47 basis point
decrease in average yield. This reduction is partially due to
payoffs of older, higher yielding leases, combined with lower
outstanding invested cash balances. The weighted average
implicit interest rate on new finance receivables originated was
13.67% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to
12.93% for year ended December 31, 2007.
Fee income increased $661,000, or 3.0%, to $22.7 million
for the year ended December 31, 2008 from
$22.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
The increase in fee income was primarily due to higher
administrative and late fees that grew by $962,000 to
$14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008
compared to $14.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007. The increase in administrative and late
fee income is primarily attributed to increased late fee
billings. Fee income also included approximately
$5.9 million of net residual income for each of the years
ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
Fee income, as a percentage of average total finance
receivables, increased 11 basis points to 3.16% for the
year ended December 31, 2008 from 3.05% for the year ended
December 31, 2007. Administrative and late fees remained
the largest component of fee income at 2.09% as a percentage of
average total finance receivables for the year ended
December 31, 2008 compared to 1.94% for the year ended
December 31, 2007. As a percentage of average total finance
receivables, net residual income was 0.83% for the year ended
December 31, 2008 compared to 0.82% for the year ended
December 31, 2007.
36
Interest expense increased $1.6 million to
$36.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008
from $35.3 million for the year ended December 31,
2007. Interest expense, as a percentage of the average total
finance receivables, increased 25 basis points to 5.15% for
the year ended December 31, 2008 from 4.90% for the year
ended December 31, 2007. Interest expense has risen
primarily due to higher interest rates on the Companys
term note securitizations. During the year ended
December 31, 2008, average term securitization borrowings
outstanding were $591.8 million, representing 94.3% of
total borrowings, compared to $562.8 million representing
83.4% of total borrowings for the same period in 2007.
Interest expense as a percentage of weighted average borrowings
was 5.44% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to
5.23% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The average
balance for our warehouse facilities was $35.8 million for
the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to
$112.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
The average borrowing costs for our warehouse facilities was
4.86% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to
5.76% for the year ended December 31, 2007. (See
Liquidity and Capital Resources in this Item 7).
Interest costs on our August 2005, September 2006 and October
2007 issued term securitization borrowings increased over those
issued in 2004 due to the rising interest rate environment. The
coupon rate on the October 2007 securitization also reflects
higher credit costs due to the general tightening of credit
caused by recent overall stress and volatility in the financial
markets. For the year ended December 31, 2008, average term
securitization borrowings outstanding were $591.8 million
at a weighted average coupon of 5.48% compared with
$562.8 million at a weighted average coupon of 4.83% for
the year ended December 31, 2007.
On August 18, 2005, we closed on the issuance of our
seventh term note securitization transaction in the amount of
$340.6 million at a weighted average interest coupon
approximating 4.81% over the term of the financing. After the
effects of hedging and other transaction costs are considered,
we expect total interest expense on the 2005 term transaction to
approximate an average of 4.50% over the term of the borrowing.
On September 21, 2006, we closed on the issuance of our
eighth term note securitization transaction in the amount of
$380.2 million at a weighted average interest coupon
approximating 5.51% over the term of the financing. After the
effects of hedging and other transaction costs are considered,
we expect total interest expense on the 2006 term transaction to
approximate an average of 5.21% over the term of the financing.
On October 24, 2007, we closed on the issuance of our ninth
term note securitization transaction in the amount of
$440.5 million at a weighted average interest coupon
approximating 5.70% over the term of the financing. After the
effects of hedging and other transaction costs are considered,
we expect total interest expense on the 2007 term transaction to
approximate an average of 6.32% over the term of the financing.
Due to the impact on interest rates from unfavorable market
conditions and the available capacity in our warehouse
facilities, the Company elected not to complete a fixed-rate
term note securitization in 2008.
Our term securitizations include multiple classes of fixed-rate
notes with the shorter term, lower coupon classes amortizing
(maturing) faster then the longer term higher coupon classes.
This causes the blended interest expenses related to these
borrowings to change and generally increase over the terms of
the borrowings.
On February 15, 2008, we elected to exercise our call
option and pay off the remaining $29.9 million of our 2004
term securitization, which carried a coupon rate of
approximately 4.64%. On September 15, 2006, we elected to
exercise our call option and pay off the remaining
$31.5 million of our 2003 term securitization, which
carried a coupon rate of approximately 3.19%. Our 2002
securitization was repaid in full on August 15, 2005 when
the remaining note balances outstanding were $26.5 million
at a coupon rate of approximately 4.41%.
The opening of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Marlin Business
Bank, on March 12, 2008 provides an additional funding
source. Initially, FDIC-insured deposits are being raised via
the brokered certificates of deposit market. Interest expense on
deposits was $1.2 million, or 4.14% as a percentage of
weighted average deposits, for the year ended December 31,
2008. The average balance of deposits was $28.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 2008.
Insurance and other income. Insurance and
other income increased $157,000 to $6.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 2008 from $6.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2007. The increase is primarily
related to insurance billings, which were $256,000 higher in
2008 than in 2007.
37
Loss on derivatives and hedging
activities. Prior to July 1, 2008, the
Company entered into derivative contracts which were accounted
for as cash flow hedges under hedge accounting as prescribed by
SFAS No. 133. While the Company may continue to use
derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to changing
interest rates, effective July 1, 2008, the Company
discontinued the use of hedge accounting.
By discontinuing hedge accounting effective July 1, 2008,
any subsequent changes in the fair value of derivative
instruments, including those that had previously been accounted
for under hedge accounting, are recognized immediately. This
change creates volatility in our results of operations, as the
market value of our derivative financial instruments changes
over time.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the loss on
derivatives and hedging activities was $16.0 million. Of
this amount, $11.0 million represents the change in the
fair value of the derivatives contracts during the year.
During 2008, the Company concluded that certain forecasted
transactions were not probable of occurring on the anticipated
date or in the additional time period permitted by
SFAS No. 133. A $5.0 million pretax loss was
reclassified into loss on derivatives and hedging activities for
the year ended December 31, 2008 for the related cash flow
hedges.
These losses are based on the value of the derivative contracts
at December 31, 2008 in a volatile market that is changing
daily, and will not necessarily reflect the value at settlement.
Salaries and benefits expense. Salaries and
benefits expense increased $1.6 million, or 7.5%, to
$22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008
from $21.3 million for the year ended December 31,
2007. The increase in compensation expense is primarily due to
costs associated with the staff reduction initiative discussed
below and lower capitalized costs as a result of lower
origination volumes, partially offset by the discontinuance of
the factoring business. There was no compensation related to the
factoring business for the year ended December 31, 2008,
compared to $364,000 for the same period in 2007.
As a financial services company, we are navigating through the
current challenging economic environment. In response to this,
on May 13, 2008, we reduced our staffing by approximately
14.7%. This action was part of an overall effort to reduce
operating costs in light of our decision to moderate growth in
fiscal 2008. Approximately 51 employees were affected as a
result of the staff reduction. On May 13, 2008, we notified
the affected employees. We incurred pretax costs during the
twelve months ended December 31, 2008 of approximately
$501,000 related to this action, almost all of which was related
to severance costs. The total annualized pretax cost savings
that are expected to result from this reduction are estimated to
be approximately $2.6 million. Total personnel decreased to
284 at December 31, 2008 from 357 at December 31, 2007.
Salaries and benefits expense, as a percentage of the average
total finance receivables, were 3.20% for the year ended
December 31, 2008 compared with 2.95% for the same period
in 2007.
General and administrative expense. General
and administrative expenses increased $1.6 million, or
11.8%, to $15.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008 from $13.6 million for the year
ended December 31, 2007. Over half of the increase related
to temporary services for lease servicing and professional fees.
As a percentage of average total finance receivables, general
and administrative expenses increased to 2.13% for the year
ended December 31, 2008 from 1.89% for the year ended
December 31, 2007.
Financing related costs. Financing related
costs primarily represent bank commitment fees paid to our
financing sources. Financing related costs increased $373,000 to
$1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from
$1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Mark-to-market expense recognized on our interest-rate caps was
$39,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to
expense of $8,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Commitment fees were $1.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008 compared to $1.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 2007.
Provision for credit losses. The provision for
credit losses increased $14.3 million, or 83.1%, to
$31.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008
from $17.2 million for the year ended December 31,
2007. Most of the increase was due to higher net charge-offs,
which were $27.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008, an increase of $12.8 million from
$14.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2007.
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average total finance
receivables increased to 3.80% in 2008 from 2.00% in 2007. The
allowance for
38
credit losses increased approximately $4.3 million to
$15.3 million at December 31, 2008, from
$11.0 million at December 31, 2007.
Unfavorable economic trends have most significantly impacted the
performance of rate-sensitive industries in our portfolio,
specifically companies in the construction, mortgage and real
estate businesses. Though these industries comprised
approximately 10% of the total portfolio at December 31,
2008, approximately 22% of the charge-off activity related to
these industries. Throughout 2007 and 2008, Marlin increased
collection activities and strengthened underwriting criteria for
these industries.
Provision for income taxes. An income tax
benefit of $3.2 million was recorded for the year ended
December 31, 2008, compared to income tax expense of
$12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
The change in taxes is primarily attributed to the pretax loss
recorded in 2008. Our effective tax rate, which is a combination
of federal and state income tax rates, was 37.7% for the year
ended December 31, 2008 and 39.8% for the year ended
December 31, 2007. The effective tax rate for the year
ended December 31, 2008 reflects increased expense related
to a 2008 tax adjustment of $239,000, primarily related to a
true-up of
our deferred tax accounts. We anticipate our effective tax rate
in future years to be approximately 40%.
Comparison
of the Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006
Net income. Net income was $18.3 million
for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 1.6% decrease from
$18.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Diluted earnings per share was $1.49 for the year ended
December 31, 2007, a 2.6% decrease from $1.53 per diluted
share reported for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Returns on average assets were 2.12% for the year ended
December 31, 2007 and 2.54% for the year ended
December 31, 2006. Returns on average equity were 12.57%
for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 14.95% for the
year ended December 31, 2006.
Net income for the fourth quarter of 2006 reflects an after-tax
charge of approximately $880,000, or $0.072 diluted earnings per
share, due to the separation agreement related to the departure
of Marlins former President, whose resignation as
President and as a director of Marlin was effective
December 20, 2006 as reported in our
Form 8-K
filed December 21, 2006. Due to better than expected
collections on leases in areas affected by Hurricane Katrina,
net income for the second quarter of 2006 was positively
impacted by an after-tax reduction of the provision for credit
losses of $545,000, or $0.045 diluted earnings per share.
Therefore, the combination in 2006 of the after-tax charge for
the separation agreement and the reduction of the provision for
Hurricane Katrina resulted in a net unfavorable after-tax impact
of $335,000, or $0.027 diluted earnings per share for the year
ended 2006 compared to 2007.
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased
3.6%, or $683,000, compared to net income for the same period of
2006, excluding the impact in 2006 of the separation agreement
and the allowance reduction. Diluted earnings per share for the
year ended December 31, 2007 decreased 4.5%, or $0.07,
compared to the same period of 2006, excluding the impact in
2006 of the separation agreement and the allowance reduction.
39
For the year ended December 31, 2007, we generated 33,141
new finance receivables at a cost of $390.8 million
compared to 34,214 new finance receivables at a cost of
$388.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Overall, our average total finance receivables at
December 31, 2007 increased 18.1% to $721.9 million at
December 31, 2007 from $611.3 million at
December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
$
|
90,231
|
|
|
$
|
77,644
|
|
Fee income
|
|
|
21,996
|
|
|
|
20,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and fee income
|
|
|
112,227
|
|
|
|
97,955
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
35,322
|
|
|
|
26,562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest and fee income
|
|
$
|
76,905
|
|
|
$
|
71,393
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average total finance
receivables(1)
|
|
$
|
721,900
|
|
|
$
|
611,348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of average total finance receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
12.50
|
%
|
|
|
12.70
|
%
|
Fee income
|
|
|
3.05
|
|
|
|
3.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and fee income
|
|
|
15.55
|
|
|
|
16.02
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
4.90
|
|
|
|
4.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest and fee margin
|
|
|
10.65
|
%
|
|
|
11.68
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Total finance receivables include net investment in direct
financing leases, loans and factoring receivables. For the
calculations above, the effects of (1) the allowance for
credit losses and (2) initial direct costs and fees
deferred, are excluded. |
Net interest and fee margin. Net interest and
fee income increased $5.5 million, or 7.7%, to
$76.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007
from $71.4 million for the year ended December 31,
2006, primarily due to continued growth in our average total
finance receivables partially offset by compression in margin.
The annualized net interest and fee margin decreased
103 basis points to 10.65% for the year ended
December 31, 2007 from 11.68% for the same period in 2006.
Interest income, net of amortized initial direct costs and fees,
increased $12.6 million, or 16.2%, to $90.2 million
for the year ended December 31, 2007 from
$77.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
The increase in interest income was primarily due to an 18.1%
growth in average total finance receivables, which increased
$110.6 million to $721.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007 from $611.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2006. The weighted average implicit
interest rate on new finance receivables originated was 12.93%
for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 12.72% for
year ended December 31, 2006.
Our interest income as a percentage of average total finance
receivables declined by 20 basis points for the year ended
December 31, 2007 to 12.50% from 12.70% for the year ended
December 31, 2006. This reduction is due in part to
competition in small-ticket leasing and fluctuations in interest
rates, combined with payoffs of older, higher yielding leases.
Fee income increased $1.7 million, or 8.4%, to
$22.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007
from $20.3 million for the year ended December 31,
2006. The increase in fee income was primarily due to higher
administrative and late fees that grew by $2.6 million to
$14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007
compared to $11.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006, partially offset by net residual income
that declined $877,000 to $6.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007 compared to $6.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in
administrative and late fee income is primarily attributed to
the continued growth of our total finance receivables and
increased late fee billings. The decline in residual income is
primarily due to lower proceeds received from the sale of
returned equipment. Historically, we have experienced a
40
lower realization rate on copiers than on other types of
equipment, and the mix of contracts reaching termination in 2007
contained a higher proportion of copiers than in 2006.
Fee income, as a percentage of average total finance
receivables, decreased 27 basis points to 3.05% for the
year ended December 31, 2007 from 3.32% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, primarily due to lower net residual
income. Administrative and late fees remained the largest
component of fee income at 1.94% as a percentage of average
total finance receivables for the year ended December 31, 2007
compared to 1.87% for the year ended December 31, 2006. As
a percentage of average total finance receivables net residual
income was 0.82% for the year ended December 31, 2007
compared to 1.12% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Interest expense increased $8.7 million to
$35.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007
from $26.6 million for the year ended December 31,
2006. Interest expense, as a percentage of the average total
finance receivables, increased 56 basis points to 4.90% for
the year ended December 31, 2007 from 4.34% for the year
ended December 31, 2006. Interest expense has risen
primarily due to the continued growth of the Company and higher
interest rates on the Companys warehouse facilities and
term note securitizations. During the year ended
December 31, 2007, average term securitization borrowings
outstanding were $562.8 million, representing 83.4% of
total borrowings, compared to $488.9 million representing
88.1% of total borrowings for the same period in 2006.
Interest expense as a percentage of weighted average borrowings
was 5.23% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to
4.78% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The average
balance for our warehouse facilities was $112.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to
$66.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
The average borrowing costs for our warehouse facilities was
5.76% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to
5.98% for year ended December 31, 2006. (See Liquidity
and Capital Resources in this Item 7).
Interest costs on our August 2005, September 2006 and October
2007 issued term securitization borrowings increased over those
issued in 2004 due to the rising interest rate environment. The
coupon rate on the October 2007 securitization also reflects
higher credit costs due to the general tightening of credit
caused by recent overall stress and volatility in the financial
markets. For the year ended December 31, 2007, average term
securitization borrowings outstanding were $562.8 million
at a weighted average coupon of 4.83% compared with
$488.9 million at a weighted average coupon of 4.29% for
the year ended December 31, 2006.
On August 18, 2005, we closed on the issuance of our
seventh term note securitization transaction in the amount of
$340.6 million at a weighted average interest coupon
approximating 4.81% over the term of the financing. After the
effects of hedging and other transaction costs are considered,
we expect total interest expense on the 2005 term transaction to
approximate an average of 4.50% over the term of the borrowing.
On September 21, 2006, we closed on the issuance of our
eighth term note securitization transaction in the amount of
$380.2 million at a weighted average interest coupon
approximating 5.51% over the term of the financing. After the
effects of hedging and other transaction costs are considered,
we expect total interest expense on the 2006 term transaction to
approximate an average of 5.21% over the term of the financing.
On October 24, 2007, we closed on the issuance of our ninth
term note securitization transaction in the amount of
$440.5 million at a weighted average interest coupon
approximating 5.70% over the term of the financing. After the
effects of hedging and other transaction costs are considered,
we expect total interest expense on the 2007 term transaction to
approximate an average of 6.32% over the term of the financing.
Our term securitizations include multiple classes of fixed-rate
notes with the shorter term, lower coupon classes amortizing
(maturing) faster then the longer term higher coupon classes.
This causes the blended interest expenses related to these
borrowings to change and generally increase over the term of the
borrowing.
On September 15, 2006, we elected to exercise our call
option and pay off the remaining $31.5 million of our 2003
term securitization, which carried a coupon rate of
approximately 3.19%. Our 2002 securitization was repaid in full
on August 15, 2005 when the remaining note balances
outstanding were $26.5 million at a coupon rate of
approximately 4.41%.
41
Insurance and other income. Insurance and
other income increased $1.2 million to $6.7 million
for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $5.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase is
primarily related to insurance billings, which were
$1.0 million higher in 2007 than in 2006.
Salaries and benefits expense. Salaries and
benefits expense decreased $1.2 million, or 5.3%, to
$21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007
from $22.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2006. The decrease in compensation expense is primarily due to a
$1.6 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense
and the inclusion of approximately $1.45 million of expense
in the fourth quarter of 2006 due to the December 20, 2006
separation agreement for the resignation of Marlins former
President. These decreases were partially offset by growth in
total personnel.
Expense related to stock-based compensation decreased primarily
due to revised performance and forfeiture assumptions. In 2007,
sales and credit compensation increased $395,000, primarily
related to additional hiring of sales and marketing
representatives and credit analysts. Compensation related to the
factoring business totaled $364,000 in 2007, compared to
$209,000 in 2006. Total personnel increased to 357 at
December 31, 2007 from 314 at December 31, 2006.
Salaries and benefits expense, as a percentage of the average
total finance receivables, were 2.95% for the year ended
December 31, 2007 compared with 3.68% for the same period
in 2006.
General and administrative expense. General
and administrative expenses increased $1.6 million, or
13.3%, to $13.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007 from $12.0 million for the year
ended December 31, 2006. As a percentage of average total
finance receivables, general and administrative expenses
decreased to 1.89% for the year ended December 31, 2007
from 1.96% for the year ended December 31, 2006. Expenses
for the fourth quarter of 2006 included approximately $185,000
in professional fees associated with a follow-on offering by a
selling shareholder (pursuant to such shareholders
registration rights.)
Financing related costs. Financing related
costs include commitment fees paid to our financing sources and
hedge costs pertaining to our interest-rate caps used to limit
our exposure to an increase in interest rates. Financing related
costs decreased $280,000 to $1.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007 from $1.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. The decrease was primarily due to a
decrease in bank commitment fees. Mark-to-market expense
recognized on our interest-rate caps was $8,000 for the year
ended December 31, 2007 compared with expense of $101,000
for the year ended December 31, 2006. Commitment fees were
$1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007
compared with $1.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
Provision for credit losses. The provision for
credit losses increased $7.3 million, or 73.7%, to
$17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007
from $9.9 million for the year ended December 31,
2006. Most of the increase was due to higher net charge-offs,
which were $14.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007, an increase of $4.9 million from
$9.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2006.
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average total finance
receivables increased to 2.00% in 2007 from 1.56% in 2006.
During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company also increased
its allowance for credit losses by an incremental $411,000,
which represented the remaining outstanding balance of a real
estate related loan that had resulted from the refinancing of a
factoring receivable. The increased allowance was due to
deterioration of the borrowers financial condition. In
addition, a portion of the increase in our provision for credit
losses from 2006 to 2007 was the result of a second quarter 2006
provision reduction of $901,000, due to lower losses than
originally anticipated in areas affected by Hurricane Katrina.
Credit quality for the year ended December 31, 2006, was
more favorable than our general long-term expectation of 2.00%
for an entire business cycle. The increase in net charge-offs in
2007 to 2.00% compared to 1.56% for 2006 was primarily due to
worsening general economic trends from the favorable experience
of 2006. These trends have most significantly impacted the
performance of rate-sensitive industries in our portfolio,
specifically companies in the mortgage and real estate
businesses. These industries comprised approximately 5% of the
total portfolio at December 31, 2007. During 2007, Marlin
increased collection activities and strengthened underwriting
criteria for these industries.
Provision for income taxes. The provision for
income taxes decreased to $12.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007 from $12.6 million for the year
ended December 31, 2006. The decrease in tax expense is
primarily attributed to the decrease in pretax income, combined
with higher expense in 2006 for state taxes related
42
to NOL utilization. Our effective tax rate, which is a
combination of federal and state income tax rates, was 39.8% for
the year ended December 31, 2007 and 40.3% for the year
ended December 31, 2006. We anticipate our effective tax
rate in future years to be approximately 40% as a result of
recently enacted income tax legislation changes in Maryland,
Michigan, and New York.
Operating
Data
We manage expenditures using a comprehensive budgetary review
process. Expenses are monitored by departmental heads and are
reviewed by senior management monthly. The efficiency ratio
(relating expenses with revenues) and the ratio of salaries and
benefits and general and administrative expense as a percentage
of the average total finance receivables shown below are metrics
used by management to monitor productivity and spending levels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Average total finance receivables
|
|
$
|
715,649
|
|
|
$
|
721,900
|
|
|
$
|
611,348
|
|
Salaries and benefits expense
|
|
|
22,916
|
|
|
|
21,329
|
|
|
|
22,468
|
|
General and administrative expense
|
|
|
15,241
|
|
|
|
13,633
|
|
|
|
11,957
|
|
Efficiency ratio
|
|
|
48.47
|
%
|
|
|
41.83
|
%
|
|
|
44.77
|
%
|
Percent of average total finance receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and benefits
|
|
|
3.20
|
%
|
|
|
2.95
|
%
|
|
|
3.68
|
%
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
2.13
|
%
|
|
|
1.89
|
%
|
|
|
1.96
|
%
|
We generally reach our lessees through a network of independent
equipment dealers and lease brokers. The number of dealers and
brokers that we conduct business with depends on, among other
things, the number of sales account executives we have.
Accordingly, growth indicators that management evaluates
regularly are sales account executive staffing levels and the
activity of our origination sources, which are shown below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of or For the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Number of sales account executives
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Number of originating
sources(1)
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
|
|
1,246
|
|
|
|
1,295
|
|
|
|
1,295
|
|
|
|
1,244
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Monthly average of origination sources generating lease volume. |
Finance
Receivables and Asset Quality
Our net investment in leases and loans declined
$95.4 million, or 12.5%, to $670.5 million at
December 31, 2008, from $765.9 million at
December 31, 2007. The Company is responding to current
economic conditions with more restrictive credit standards,
while continuing to pursue strategies designed to increase the
number of independent equipment dealers and other origination
sources that generate and develop lease customers. The
Companys leases are generally assigned as collateral for
borrowings as described below in Liquidity and Capital Resources.
43
The chart below provides our asset quality statistics for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Allowance for credit losses, beginning of period
|
|
$
|
10,988
|
|
|
$
|
8,201
|
|
|
$
|
7,813
|
|
Provision for credit losses
|
|
|
31,494
|
|
|
|
17,221
|
|
|
|
9,934
|
|
Charge-offs, net
|
|
|
(27,199
|
)
|
|
|
(14,434
|
)
|
|
|
(9,546
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for credit losses, end of period
|
|
$
|
15,283
|
|
|
$
|
10,988
|
|
|
$
|
8,201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net charge-offs to average total finance
receivables(1)
|
|
|
3.80
|
%
|
|
|
2.00
|
%
|
|
|
1.56
|
%
|
Allowance for credit losses to total finance receivables, end of
period(1)
|
|
|
2.30
|
%
|
|
|
1.47
|
%
|
|
|
1.21
|
%
|
Average total finance
receivables(1)
|
|
$
|
715,649
|
|
|
$
|
721,900
|
|
|
$
|
611,348
|
|
Total finance receivables, end of
period(1)
|
|
$
|
664,761
|
|
|
$
|
749,571
|
|
|
$
|
679,622
|
|
Delinquencies greater than 60 days past due
|
|
$
|
12,203
|
|
|
$
|
8,377
|
|
|
$
|
5,676
|
|
Delinquencies greater than 60 days past
due(2)
|
|
|
1.59
|
%
|
|
|
0.95
|
%
|
|
|
0.71
|
%
|
Allowance for credit losses to delinquent accounts greater than
60 days past due
|
|
|
125.24
|
%
|
|
|
131.17
|
%
|
|
|
144.49
|
%
|
Non-accrual leases and loans
|
|
$
|
6,380
|
|
|
$
|
3,695
|
|
|
$
|
2,250
|
|
Renegotiated leases and loans
|
|
$
|
8,256
|
|
|
$
|
6,987
|
|
|
$
|
3,819
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Total finance receivables include net investment in direct
financing leases, loans and factoring receivables. For purposes
of asset quality and allowance calculations the effects of
(1) the allowance for credit losses and (2) initial
direct costs and fees deferred, are excluded. |
|
(2) |
|
Calculated as a percentage of minimum lease payments receivable
for leases and as a percentage of principal outstanding for
loans and factoring receivables. |
Net investments in finance receivables are charged-off when they
are contractually past due for 121 days and are reported
net of recoveries. Income is not recognized on leases or loans
when a default on monthly payment exists for a period of
90 days or more. Income recognition resumes when a lease or
loan becomes less than 90 days delinquent.
Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2008 were
$27.2 million, or 3.80% of average total finance
receivables, compared to $14.4 million, or 2.00% of average
total finance receivables, for the year ended December 31,
2007. The increase in net charge-offs during 2008 compared to
prior periods is primarily due to worsening general economic
trends and an increase in the charge-offs related to
rate-sensitive industries.
The Companys net charge-offs began increasing during 2007,
primarily due to worsening general economic trends from the
favorable experience of 2006. These trends have continued to
worsen during 2008. The economic environment has most
significantly impacted the performance of interest
rate-sensitive industries in our portfolio, specifically
companies in the construction, mortgage and real estate
businesses. Though these industries comprised approximately 10%
of the total portfolio at December 31, 2008, approximately
22% of the charge-off activity related to these industries.
During 2007 and 2008, the Company increased collection
activities and strengthened underwriting criteria for these
industries and for the geographical areas most affected by these
industries, specifically California and Florida. In addition,
the Company has begun reducing origination volumes from indirect
origination channels. These trends continue to be closely
monitored.
Delinquent accounts greater than 60 days past due (as a
percentage of minimum lease payments receivable for leases and
as a percentage of principal outstanding for loans and factoring
receivables) increased to 1.59% at December 31, 2008 from
0.95% at December 31, 2007. Our usual experience and
expectation is for slightly higher delinquency rates as of
year-end as we believe our customers tend to adjust their
payment patterns around the year-end. However, worsening general
economic trends have also resulted in increased delinquencies,
as discussed
44
above. Supplemental information regarding loss statistics and
delinquencies is available on the investor relations section of
Marlins website at www.marlincorp.com.
In accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for
Contingencies, we maintain an allowance for credit losses at
an amount sufficient to absorb losses inherent in our existing
lease and loan portfolios as of the reporting dates based on our
projection of probable net credit losses. The factors and trends
discussed above were included in the Companys analysis to
determine its allowance for credit losses. (See Critical
Accounting Policies.)
Residual
Performance
Our leases offer our end user customers the option to own the
purchased equipment at lease expiration. Based on the minimum
lease payments receivable as of December 31, 2008,
approximately 73% of our leases were one dollar purchase option
leases, 23% were fair market value leases and 4% were fixed
purchase option leases, the latter of which typically are 10% of
the original equipment cost. As of December 31, 2008, there
were $51.2 million of residual assets retained on our
balance sheet of which $40.5 million, or 79.2%, were
related to copiers. As of December 31, 2007, there were
$50.8 million of residual assets retained on our balance
sheet of which $38.5 million, or 75.9%, were related to
copiers. No other group of equipment represented more than 10%
of equipment residuals as of December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. Improvements in technology and other market
changes, particularly in copiers, could adversely impact our
ability to realize the recorded residual values of this
equipment.
Our leases generally include automatic renewal provisions and
many leases continue beyond their initial term. We consider
renewal income a component of residual performance. For the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 renewal
income, net of depreciation, amounted to $7.0 million,
$6.6 million and $6.5 million and net gains (losses)
on residual values on equipment disposed amounted to
($1.1) million, ($640,000) and $284,000, respectively. The
primary driver of the changes was a shift in the mix of the
amounts and types of equipment disposed at the end of the term.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Our business requires a substantial amount of cash to operate
and grow. Our primary liquidity need is for new originations. In
addition, we need liquidity to pay interest and principal on our
borrowings, to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with
our securitization transactions, to fund infrastructure and
technology investment and to pay administrative and other
operating expenses.
We are dependent upon the availability of financing from a
variety of funding sources to satisfy these liquidity needs.
Historically, we have relied upon four principal types of
third-party financing to fund our operations:
|
|
|
|
|
borrowings under a revolving bank facility;
|
|
|
|
financing of leases and loans in CP conduit warehouse facilities;
|
|
|
|
financing of leases through term note securitizations; and
|
|
|
|
equity and debt securities with third-party investors.
|
On March 20, 2007, the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) approved the application of our
wholly-owned subsidiary, Marlin Business Bank (MBB)
to become an industrial bank chartered by the State of Utah. MBB
commenced operations effective March 12, 2008. MBB provides
diversification of the Companys funding sources and, over
time, may add other product offerings to better serve our
customer base. MBB has funded $79.3 million of leases and
loans through its initial capitalization of $12 million and
its issuance of $63.4 million in FDIC insured deposits at
an average borrowing rate of 4.00%.
On December 31, 2008, MBB received approval from the
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (FRB) to
(i) convert from an industrial bank to a state-chartered
commercial bank and (ii) become a member of the Federal
Reserve System. In addition, on December 31, 2008, Marlin
Business Services Corp. received approval to become a bank
holding company upon conversion of MBB from an industrial bank
to a commercial bank.
The conversion of MBB to a commercial bank took place in
accordance with the approval issued by the FRB on
December 31, 2008 (the FRB Approval). On
January 8, 2009, the FRB modified the FRB Approval to
permit
45
MBB to convert to a commercial bank and become a member of the
Federal Reserve System without requiring the immediate
$25 million capital injection contemplated in the approval.
The FRB has delayed the requirement for the additional capital
injection until such time as the FDIC acts on the modification
request made by MBB to the FDIC to eliminate certain
inconsistencies between the FRB Approval and an order by the
FDIC, dated March 20, 2007 and modified on
February 12, 2008 (the FDIC Order), that
contained conditions required by the FDIC for MBB to become an
industrial bank.
MBB has requested a modification to the FDIC Order to eliminate
the inconsistencies that restrict the growth of the bank during
its first three years of operations. The modification request is
under review by the FDIC, but the FDIC has not provided a
timeline as to when a decision may be expected. At this time, we
are awaiting a response from the FDIC on the modification
request. Until we receive approval for this modification, we do
not expect to have clear visibility on our overall funding
options. If the FDIC approves the modification request, then the
Company intends to inject additional capital into MBB and begin
executing the business plan approved by the FRB.
Pursuant to the FDIC Order, subject to regulatory and safety and
soundness considerations, MBB is permitted to have total assets
of $87 million in its first year of operation (March 2008
to March 2009), $104 million in its second year, and
$128 million in its third year. As a result, MBB is
expected to provide up to $69 million in funding for the
assets in its first year of operations, up to $90 million
in its second year, and up to $105 million in its third
year. The asset limit would increase if the FDIC approves the
modification request.
New originations, other than those originated by MBB, are
generally funded in the short-term with cash from operations or
through borrowings under our revolving bank facility or our CP
conduit warehouse facility. Historically, we have executed a
term note securitization approximately once a year to refinance
and relieve the bank revolver and CP conduit warehouse facility.
Due to the impact on interest rates from unfavorable market
conditions and the available capacity in our warehouse
facilities, the Company elected not to complete a fixed-rate
term note securitization in 2008. As of December 31, 2008,
we had $101.9 million in borrowings outstanding under our
bank and CP conduit warehouse facilities and, therefore, we had
approximately $113.1 million of available borrowing
capacity through these facilities in addition to available cash
and cash equivalents of $32.8 million. Our debt to equity
ratio was 4.11:1 at December 31, 2008 and 5.15:1 at
December 31, 2007.
Net cash used by financing activities was $168.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 2008. Net cash provided by
financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2007
and 2006 was $156.4 million and $99.6 million,
respectively. Financing activities include net advances and
repayments on our various borrowing sources.
Net cash provided by investing activities was
$130.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
We used cash in investing activities of $171.2 million and
$135.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2007
and 2006, respectively. Investing activities primarily relate to
lease and loan origination activity and restricted cash balances.
Additional liquidity is provided by or used by our cash flow
from operating activities. We generated net cash from operating
activities of $36.6 million, $22.5 million and
$28.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
We expect cash from operating activities, additional borrowings
on existing and future credit facilities, funds from brokered
certificates of deposit and the completion of additional
on-balance sheet term note securitizations to be adequate to
support our operations and projected requirements.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Our objective is to
maintain a low cash balance, investing any free cash in leases
and loans. We generally fund our originations and growth using
advances under our revolving bank facility, our CP conduit
warehouse facility and brokered certificates of deposit. Total
cash and cash equivalents available as of December 31, 2008
was $32.8 million compared to $34.3 million at
December 31, 2007.
Restricted Cash. We had $66.2 million of
restricted cash as of December 31, 2008 compared to
$141.1 million at December 31, 2007. Restricted cash
consists primarily of the pre-funding cash reserves and advance
payment accounts related to our term note securitizations.
Borrowings. Our primary borrowing
relationships each require the pledging of eligible lease and
loan receivables to secure amounts advanced. Our aggregate
outstanding secured borrowings amounted to $543.3 million
46
at December 31, 2008 and $773.1 million at
December 31, 2007. Borrowings outstanding under the
Companys revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the 12 Months Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
Maximum Month
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facility
|
|
|
End Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Unused
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Coupon
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Coupon
|
|
|
Capacity
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Revolving bank
facility(1)
|
|
$
|
40,000
|
|
|
$
|
37,201
|
|
|
$
|
18,470
|
|
|
|
4.37
|
%
|
|
$
|
20,048
|
|
|
|
3.38
|
%
|
|
$
|
19,952
|
|
CP conduit warehouse
facilities(1)
|
|
|
175,000
|
|
|
|
81,875
|
|
|
|
17,336
|
|
|
|
5.37
|
%
|
|
|
81,875
|
|
|
|
4.33
|
%
|
|
|
93,125
|
|
Term note
securitizations(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
744,167
|
|
|
|
591,815
|
|
|
|
5.48
|
%
|
|
|
441,385
|
|
|
|
5.72
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
627,621
|
|
|
|
5.44
|
%
|
|
$
|
543,308
|
|
|
|
5.42
|
%
|
|
$
|
113,077
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Subject to lease or loan eligibility and borrowing base formula. |
|
(2) |
|
Our term note securitizations are one-time fundings that pay
down over time without any ability for us to draw down
additional amounts. As of December 31, 2008, we had
completed nine on-balance-sheet term note securitizations and
had repaid six in their entirety. |
Revolving bank facility. As of
December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Company
had a committed revolving line of credit with several
participating banks to provide up to $40.0 million in
borrowings at LIBOR plus a spread of 1.50% to 1.87%. The credit
facility expires on March 31, 2009. It is secured by leases
that meet specified eligibility criteria. Our revolving bank
facility provides temporary funding pending the accumulation of
sufficient pools of leases for financing through a CP conduit
warehouse facility or an on-balance-sheet term note
securitization. Funding under this facility is based on a
borrowing base formula and factors in an assumed discount rate
and advance rate against the pledged leases.
Our weighted average outstanding borrowings under this facility
were $18.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2008 compared to $6.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007. We incurred interest expense under this
facility of $808,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008
compared to $499,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007.
As of December 31, 2008, borrowings outstanding under the
revolving bank facility were $20.0 million. At
December 31, 2007, there were no borrowings outstanding
under the revolving bank facility. For the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company incurred commitment
fees on the unused portion of the credit facility of $138,000
and $186,000, respectively.
CP conduit warehouse facilities. We have a
Commercial Paper (CP) conduit warehouse facility
that allows us to borrow, repay and re-borrow based on a
borrowing base formula. In these transactions, we transfer pools
of leases and interests in the related equipment to special
purpose, bankruptcy remote subsidiaries. These special purpose
entities in turn pledge their interests in the leases and
related equipment to an unaffiliated conduit entity, which
generally issues commercial paper to investors. The warehouse
facility allows the Company on an ongoing basis to transfer
lease receivables to a wholly-owned, bankruptcy remote, special
purpose subsidiary of the Company, which issues variable-rate
notes to investors carrying an interest rate equal to the rate
on commercial paper issued to fund the notes during the interest
period. This facility requires that the Company limit its
exposure to adverse interest rate movements on the variable-rate
notes through entering into interest-rate cap agreements.
Borrowings under the facility are based on borrowing base
formulas with assumed discount rates and advance rates against
the pledged collateral combined with specific portfolio
concentration criteria. The financing arrangement has minimum
annual fee requirements based on anticipated usage of the
facility.
00-A
Warehouse Facility This facility totaled
$125 million and expired in March 2008. The Company decided
not to seek renewal of the facility, due to the availability of
more diversified funding options at more favorable terms as a
result of the opening of MBB. There were no outstanding
borrowings under the
00-A
47
Warehouse Facility at December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, and no borrowings during the twelve
months ended December 31, 2008. For the year ended
December 31, 2007, the weighted average interest rate was
5.43%.
02-A
Warehouse Facility This facility totals
$175 million and expires in March 2009. This facility has
the ability to utilize both leases and business capital loan
products in the borrowing base. For the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, the weighted average interest
rate was 5.37% and 5.84%, respectively. At December 31,
2008, there were $81.9 million of borrowings outstanding
under this facility. At December 31, 2007, there were no
borrowings outstanding under this facility.
Term note securitizations. Since our founding
through December 31, 2008, we have completed nine
on-balance-sheet term note securitizations of which three remain
outstanding. In connection with each securitization transaction,
we have transferred leases to our wholly-owned, special purpose
bankruptcy remote subsidiaries and issued term debt
collateralized by such commercial leases to institutional
investors in private securities offerings. Our term note
securitizations differ from our CP conduit warehouse facility
primarily in that our term note securitizations have fixed
terms, fixed interest rates and fixed principal amounts. Our
securitizations do not qualify for sales accounting treatment
due to certain call provisions that we maintain and that the
special purpose entities also hold residual assets. Accordingly,
assets and the related debt of the special purpose entities are
included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Our leases and
restricted cash are assigned as collateral for these borrowings
and there is no further recourse to the general credit of the
Company. By entering into term note securitizations, we reduce
outstanding borrowings under our CP conduit warehouse facility
and revolving bank facility, which increases the amounts
available to us under these facilities to fund additional lease
originations. Failure to periodically pay down the outstanding
borrowings under our warehouse facilities, or increase such
facilities, would significantly limit our ability to grow our
lease portfolio. At December 31, 2008 and at
December 31, 2007, outstanding term securitizations
amounted to $441.4 million and $773.1 million,
respectively.
48
As of December 31, 2008, $446.7 million of our net
investment in leases and loans was pledged to our term note
securitizations. Each of our outstanding term note
securitizations is summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Scheduled
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes Originally
|
|
|
Balance as of
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
Original
|
|
|
|
Issued
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Coupon Rate
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
2005 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A-1
|
|
$
|
92,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
August 2006
|
|
|
|
4.05
|
%
|
Class A-2
|
|
|
73,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2008
|
|
|
|
4.49
|
|
Class A-3
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 2008
|
|
|
|
4.63
|
|
Class A-4
|
|
|
46,749
|
|
|
|
9,519
|
|
|
|
August 2012
|
|
|
|
4.75
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
55,546
|
|
|
|
21,607
|
|
|
|
August 2012
|
|
|
|
5.09
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
22,765
|
|
|
|
11,003
|
|
|
|
August 2012
|
|
|
|
5.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
340,560
|
|
|
$
|
42,129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.60
|
%(1)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A-1
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
September 2007
|
|
|
|
5.48
|
%
|
Class A-2
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 2008
|
|
|
|
5.43
|
|
Class A-3
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
|
20,007
|
|
|
|
December 2009
|
|
|
|
5.34
|
|
Class A-4
|
|
|
62,761
|
|
|
|
62,761
|
|
|
|
September 2013
|
|
|
|
5.33
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
62,008
|
|
|
|
26,826
|
|
|
|
September 2013
|
|
|
|
5.63
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
25,413
|
|
|
|
13,777
|
|
|
|
September 2013
|
|
|
|
6.20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
380,182
|
|
|
$
|
123,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.51
|
%(1)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A-1
|
|
$
|
112,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
July 2008
|
|
|
|
5.21
|
%
|
Class A-2
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
42,186
|
|
|
|
April 2009
|
|
|
|
5.35
|
%
|
Class A-3
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
April 2010
|
|
|
|
5.32
|
%
|
Class A-4
|
|
|
72,174
|
|
|
|
72,174
|
|
|
|
May 2011
|
|
|
|
5.37
|
%
|
Class B
|
|
|
32,975
|
|
|
|
28,171
|
|
|
|
May 2011
|
|
|
|
5.82
|
%
|
Class C
|
|
|
38,864
|
|
|
|
33,202
|
|
|
|
May 2011
|
|
|
|
6.31
|
%
|
Class D
|
|
|
29,442
|
|
|
|
25,152
|
|
|
|
May 2011
|
|
|
|
7.30
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
440,455
|
|
|
$
|
275,885
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.70
|
%(1)(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Term Note Securitizations
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
441,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents the original weighted average initial coupon rate for
all tranches of the securitization. In addition to this coupon
interest, term securitizations also have other transaction costs
which are amortized over the life of the borrowings as
additional interest expense. |
|
(2) |
|
The weighted average coupon rate of the
2005-1 term
note securitization will approximate 4.81% over the term of the
borrowing. |
|
(3) |
|
The weighted average coupon rate of the
2006-1 term
note securitization will approximate 5.51% over the term of the
borrowing. |
|
(4) |
|
The weighted average coupon rate of the
2007-1 term
note securitization will approximate 5.70% over the term of the
borrowing. |
49
Financial
Covenants
All of our secured borrowing arrangements have financial
covenants that we must comply with in order to obtain funding
through the facilities and to avoid an event of default. These
covenants relate to, among other things, various financial
covenants and maximum delinquency and default levels. A change
in the individuals performing the duties currently encompassed
by the roles of Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating
Officer is an event of default under our revolving bank facility
and CP conduit warehouse facility, unless we hire a replacement
acceptable to our lenders within 180 days.
A merger or consolidation with another company in which the
Company is not the surviving entity is also an event of default
under the financing facilities. In addition, the revolving bank
facility and CP conduit warehouse facility contain cross-default
provisions whereby certain defaults under one facility would
also be an event of default on the other facilities, in essence
simultaneously restricting our ability to access either of these
critical sources of funding. A default by any of our term note
securitizations is also considered an event of default under the
revolving bank facility and CP conduit warehouse facility. An
event of default under any of the facilities could result in an
acceleration of amounts outstanding under the facilities,
foreclosure on all or a portion of the leases financed by the
facilities
and/or the
removal of the Company as servicer of the leases financed by the
facility.
None of the Companys debt facilities contain subjective
acceleration clauses allowing the creditor to accelerate the
scheduled maturities of the obligation under conditions that are
not objectively determinable (for example, if the debtor
fails to maintain satisfactory operations or if a
material adverse change occurs).
Some of the critical financial and credit quality covenants
under our borrowing arrangements as of December 31, 2008
include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual(1)
|
|
|
Requirement
|
|
|
Tangible net worth minimum
|
|
|
$147.4 million
|
|
|
|
$92.2 million
|
|
Debt-to-equity ratio maximum
|
|
|
4.29 to 1
|
|
|
|
10 to 1
|
|
Four-quarter rolling average interest coverage ratio minimum
|
|
|
1.75 to 1
|
|
|
|
1.50 to 1
|
|
Three-month rolling average lease portfolio charge-off ratio
maximum
|
|
|
4.04
|
%
|
|
|
4.25
|
%
|
Minimum quarterly net income (loss)
|
|
|
$0.4 million
|
|
|
|
$(100,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Calculations are based on specific contractual definitions and
subsidiaries per the applicable debt agreements, which may
differ from ratios or amounts presented elsewhere in this
document. |
As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with
terms of the revolving bank facility, the warehouse facility and
the term securitization agreements.
Information
on Stock Repurchases
On November 2, 2007, the Board of Directors approved a
stock repurchase plan. Under this program, the Company is
authorized to repurchase up to $15 million of its
outstanding shares of common stock. This authority may be
exercised from time to time and in such amounts as market
conditions warrant. Any shares purchased under this plan are
returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of
common stock. The repurchases may be made on the open market, in
block trades or otherwise. The program may be suspended or
discontinued at any time. The stock repurchases are funded using
the Companys working capital.
50
The number of shares of common stock repurchased by the Company
during the fourth quarter of 2008 and the average price paid per
share is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
Dollar Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased as
|
|
|
Shares that May Yet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Part of a Publicly
|
|
|
be Purchased Under
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
Announced Plan or
|
|
|
the Plans or
|
|
Time Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Paid Per
Share(1)
|
|
|
Program
|
|
|
Programs
|
|
|
October 1, 2008 to October 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,402,903
|
|
November 1, 2008 to November 30, 2008
|
|
|
8,846
|
|
|
$
|
4.62
|
|
|
|
8,846
|
|
|
|
11,361,978
|
|
December 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008
|
|
|
94,054
|
|
|
$
|
3.64
|
|
|
|
94,054
|
|
|
|
11,019,208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total for the quarter ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
102,900
|
|
|
$
|
3.73
|
|
|
|
102,900
|
|
|
|
11,019,208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Average price paid per share includes commissions and is rounded
to the nearest two decimal places. |
In addition to the repurchases disclosed above, pursuant to the
Companys 2003 Equity Compensation Plan (as amended, the
2003 Plan), participants may have shares withheld to
cover income taxes. There were 2,444 such shares repurchased
pursuant to the 2003 Plan during the fourth quarter of 2008, at
an average cost of $6.78.
Contractual
Obligations
In addition to our scheduled maturities on our credit facilities
and term debt, we have future cash obligations under various
types of contracts. We lease office space and office equipment
under long-term operating leases. The contractual obligations
under our agreements, credit facilities, term note
securitizations, operating leases and commitments under
non-cancelable contracts as of December 31, 2008 were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual Obligations as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
Facilities
|
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
315,874
|
|
|
$
|
19,954
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
1,779
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
337,635
|
|
2010
|
|
|
135,077
|
|
|
|
9,639
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
1,624
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
146,355
|
|
2011
|
|
|
68,364
|
|
|
|
3,587
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1,484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73,440
|
|
2012
|
|
|
23,095
|
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,327
|
|
2013
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,552
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
543,308
|
|
|
$
|
33,918
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
7,056
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
$
|
584,330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes interest on term note securitizations only. Excludes
interest on $101.9 million related to the revolving bank
facility and CP conduit warehouse facility. |
Market
Interest-Rate Risk and Sensitivity
Market risk is the risk of losses arising from changes in values
of financial instruments. We engage in transactions in the
normal course of business that expose us to market risks. We
attempt to mitigate such risks through prudent management
practices and strategies such as attempting to match the
expected cash flows of our assets and liabilities.
We are exposed to market risks associated with changes in
interest rates and our earnings may fluctuate with changes in
interest rates. The lease assets we originate are almost
entirely fixed-rate. Accordingly, we generally seek to finance
these assets with fixed interest cost term note securitization
borrowings that we issue periodically.
51
Between term note securitization issues, we finance our new
lease and loan originations through a combination of
variable-rate warehouse facilities and working capital. Our mix
of fixed- and variable-rate borrowings and our exposure to
interest-rate risk changes over time. Over the past twelve
months, the mix of variable-rate borrowings to total borrowings
has ranged from zero to 18.8% and averaged 5.7%. Our highest
exposure to variable-rate borrowings generally occurs just prior
to the issuance of a term note securitization. At
December 31, 2008, $101.9 million, or 18.8%, of our
borrowings were variable-rate borrowings.
We use derivative financial instruments to attempt to further
reduce our exposure to changing cash flows caused by possible
changes in interest rates. We use forward starting interest-rate
swap agreements to reduce our exposure to changing market
interest rates prior to issuing a term note securitization. In
this scenario, we usually enter into a forward starting swap to
coincide with the forecasted pricing date of future term note
securitizations. The intention of this derivative is to reduce
possible variations in future cash flows caused by changes in
interest rates prior to our forecasted securitization. The value
of the derivative contract correlates with the movements of
interest rates, and we may choose to hedge all or a portion of
forecasted transactions.
All derivatives are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets
at their fair value as either assets or liabilities. The
accounting for subsequent changes in the fair value of these
derivatives depends on whether each has been designated and
qualifies for hedge accounting treatment pursuant to
SFAS No. 133, as amended, Accounting for
Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities.
Prior to July 1, 2008, these interest-rate swap agreements
were designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges of
specific term note securitization transactions, as prescribed by
SFAS No. 133. Under hedge accounting, the effective
portion of the gain or loss on a derivative designated as a cash
flow hedge was reported net of tax effects in accumulated other
comprehensive income on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, until
the pricing of the related term securitization.
Certain of these agreements were terminated simultaneously with
the pricing of the related term securitization transactions. For
each terminated agreement, the realized gain or loss was
deferred and recorded in the equity section of the Consolidated
Balance Sheets, and is being reclassified into earnings as an
adjustment to interest expense over the terms of the related
term securitizations.
While the Company may continue to use derivative financial
instruments to reduce exposure to changing interest rates,
effective July 1, 2008, the Company discontinued the use of
hedge accounting. By discontinuing hedge accounting effective
July 1, 2008, any subsequent changes in the fair value of
derivative instruments, including those that had previously been
accounted for under hedge accounting, is recognized immediately
in loss on derivatives and hedging activities. This change
creates volatility in our results of operations, as the market
value of our derivative financial instruments changes over time,
and this volatility may adversely impact our results of
operations and financial condition.
For the forecasted transactions that are probable of occurring,
the derivative gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive
income as of June 30, 2008 will be reclassified into
earnings as an adjustment to interest expense over the terms of
the related forecasted borrowings, consistent with hedge
accounting treatment. In the event that the related forecasted
borrowing is no longer probable of occurring, the related gain
or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income is recognized
in earnings immediately.
During 2008, the Company concluded that certain forecasted
transactions were not probable of occurring on the anticipated
date or in the additional time period permitted by
SFAS No. 133. As a result, a $5.0 million pretax
($3.0 million after tax) loss was reclassified from
accumulated other comprehensive income into loss on derivatives
and hedging activities for the year ended December 31, 2008
for the related cash flow hedges.
In July 2004, we issued a term note securitization with certain
classes of notes issued at variable rates to investors. We
simultaneously entered into interest-rate swap contracts to
convert these borrowings to a fixed interest cost to the Company
for the term of the borrowing. These interest-rate swap
agreements are designated as cash flow hedges of the term note
securitization. The fair value is recorded in other assets or
other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and
unrealized gains or losses are recorded in the equity section of
the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the first quarter of
2008, these interest-rate swap agreements reached their
contractual expiration dates, concurrent with the maturing of
the related borrowings.
52
The following tables summarize specific information regarding
the active and terminated interest-rate swap agreements
described above:
For
Active Agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inception Date
|
|
March, 2008
|
|
|
January, 2008
|
|
|
December, 2007
|
|
|
August, 2007
|
|
|
August, 2006
|
|
|
July, 2004
|
|
Commencement Date
|
|
October, 2009
|
|
|
October, 2009
|
|
|
October, 2009
|
|
|
October, 2008
|
|
|
October, 2008
|
|
|
July, 2004
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Notional amount:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
$
|
3,066
|
|
For active agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value recorded in other assets (liabilities)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
(653
|
)
|
|
$
|
(922
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,955
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,823
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,175
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(46
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,010
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,704
|
)
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Unrealized gain (loss), net of tax, recorded in equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
246
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
|
$
|
190
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,213
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,632
|
)
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
For
Terminated Agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 2006/
|
|
|
June/
|
|
|
October/
|
|
Inception Date
|
|
August, 2007
|
|
|
August, 2006
|
|
|
August 2007
|
|
|
September, 2005
|
|
|
December, 2004
|
|
Commencement Date
|
|
October, 2008
|
|
|
October, 2008
|
|
|
October, 2007
|
|
|
September, 2006
|
|
|
August, 2005
|
|
Termination Date
|
|
October, 2008
|
|
|
September, 2008
|
|
|
October, 2007
|
|
|
September, 2006
|
|
|
August, 2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional amount
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
300,000
|
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
Realized gain (loss) at termination
|
|
$
|
(1,717
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,595
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,683
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,732
|
|
|
$
|
3,151
|
|
Deferred gain (loss), net of tax, recorded in equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(777
|
)
|
|
$
|
399
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,462
|
)
|
|
$
|
974
|
|
|
$
|
229
|
|
Amortization recognized as increase (decrease) in interest
expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,136
|
|
|
$
|
(953
|
)
|
|
$
|
(354
|
)
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
255
|
|
|
$
|
(1,543
|
)
|
|
$
|
(749
|
)
|
Expected amortization during next 12 months as increase
(decrease) in interest expense
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
699
|
|
|
$
|
(514
|
)
|
|
$
|
(26
|
)
|
The Company recorded a loss on derivatives and hedging
activities for the periods indicated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Change in fair value of derivative contracts
|
|
$
|
(10,998
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cash flow hedging losses on forecasted transactions no longer
probable of
occurring(1)
|
|
|
(5,041
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on derivatives and hedging activities
|
|
$
|
(16,039
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income |
The Company also uses interest-rate cap agreements that are not
designated for hedge accounting treatment to fulfill certain
covenants in its special purpose subsidiarys warehouse
borrowing arrangements. Accordingly, these
53
interest-rate cap agreements are recorded at fair value in other
assets at $53,000 and $182,000 as of December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, respectively. The notional amount of
interest-rate caps owned as of December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007 was $175.8 million and
$227.0 million, respectively. Changes in the fair values of
the caps are recorded in financing related costs in the
accompanying statements of operations.
The Company also sells interest-rate caps to offset partially
the interest-rate caps required to be purchased by the
Companys special purpose subsidiary under its warehouse
borrowing arrangements. These sales generate premium revenues to
offset partially the premium cost of purchasing the required
interest-rate caps. On a consolidated basis, the interest-rate
cap positions sold partially offset the interest-rate cap
positions owned. As of December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, the notional amount of interest-rate cap
sold agreements totaled $165.5 million and
$214.8 million, respectively. The fair value of
interest-rate caps sold is recorded in other liabilities at
$40,000 and $182,000 as of December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, respectively. Changes in the fair values
of the caps are recorded in financing related costs in the
accompanying statements of operations.
The following table provides information about our derivative
financial instruments and other financial instruments that are
sensitive to changes in interest rates, including debt
obligations. For debt obligations, the table presents the
contractually scheduled maturities and the related weighted
average interest rates as of December 31, 2008 expected as
of and for each year ended through December 31, 2012 and
for periods thereafter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scheduled Maturities by Calendar Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013 &
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed-rate debt
|
|
$
|
213,951
|
|
|
$
|
135,077
|
|
|
$
|
68,364
|
|
|
$
|
23,095
|
|
|
$
|
898
|
|
|
$
|
441,385
|
|
Average fixed rate
|
|
|
5.65
|
%
|
|
|
5.89
|
%
|
|
|
6.16
|
%
|
|
|
6.56
|
%
|
|
|
7.72
|
%
|
|
|
5.85
|
%
|
Variable-rate debt
|
|
$
|
101,923
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
101,923
|
|
Average variable rate
|
|
|
4.14
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.14
|
%
|
Interest-rate caps purchased:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning notional balance
|
|
$
|
175,752
|
|
|
$
|
121,409
|
|
|
$
|
70,102
|
|
|
$
|
28,107
|
|
|
$
|
6,000
|
|
|
$
|
175,752
|
|
Ending notional balance
|
|
|
121,409
|
|
|
|
70,102
|
|
|
|
28,107
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average receive rate
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
Interest-rate caps sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning notional balance
|
|
$
|
165,504
|
|
|
$
|
109,626
|
|
|
$
|
55,571
|
|
|
$
|
13,144
|
|
|
$
|
6,000
|
|
|
$
|
165,504
|
|
Ending notional balance
|
|
|
109,626
|
|
|
|
55,571
|
|
|
|
13,144
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average pay rate
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
Forward starting interest-rate swaps:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning notional balance
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
|
$
|
150,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
Ending notional
balance(1)
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average pay rate
|
|
|
4.43
|
%
|
|
|
4.26
|
%
|
|
|
3.96
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
4.43
|
%
|
Our earnings are sensitive to fluctuations in interest rates.
The revolving bank facility and CP conduit warehouse facility
charge variable rates of interest based on LIBOR, prime rate or
commercial paper interest rates. Because our assets are
predominantly fixed-rate, increases in these market interest
rates would negatively impact earnings and decreases in the
rates would positively impact earnings because the rate charged
on our borrowings would change faster than our assets could
reprice. We would have to offset increases in borrowing costs by
adjusting the pricing of our new originations or our net
interest margin would be reduced. There can be no assurance that
we will be able to offset higher borrowing costs with increased
pricing of our assets.
For example, the impact of a hypothetical 100 basis point,
or 1.00%, increase in the market rates to which our borrowings
are indexed for the year ended December 31, 2008 would have
been to reduce net interest and fee income by approximately
$358,000 based on our average variable-rate warehouse borrowings
of approximately $35.8 million for the year then ended,
excluding the effects of any changes in the value of
derivatives, taxes and possible increases in the yields from our
lease and loan portfolios due to the origination of new
contracts at higher interest rates. The impact of a hypothetical
100 basis point, or 1.00%, increase in the market rates to
which our
54
interest-rate swap agreements are indexed would have resulted in
an estimated change in fair value of approximately
$4.0 million at December 31, 2008, which would have
been reflected as a reduction in the loss on derivatives and
hedging activities in the consolidated statements of operations.
We manage and monitor our exposure to interest-rate risk using
balance sheet simulation models. Such models incorporate many of
our assumptions about our business including new asset
production and pricing, interest rate forecasts, overhead
expense forecasts and assumed credit losses. Past experience
drives many of the assumptions used in our simulation models and
actual results could vary substantially.
Selected
Quarterly Data (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Quarters
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
$
|
22,953
|
|
|
$
|
21,870
|
|
|
$
|
21,062
|
|
|
$
|
20,214
|
|
Fee income
|
|
|
5,594
|
|
|
|
5,565
|
|
|
|
5,855
|
|
|
|
5,643
|
|
Interest and fee income
|
|
|
28,547
|
|
|
|
27,435
|
|
|
|
26,917
|
|
|
|
25,857
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
10,247
|
|
|
|
9,359
|
|
|
|
8,790
|
|
|
|
8,484
|
|
Provision for credit losses
|
|
|
7,006
|
|
|
|
6,530
|
|
|
|
8,602
|
|
|
|
9,356
|
|
Loss on derivatives and hedging activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,280
|
)
|
|
|
(12,759
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
1,157
|
|
|
|
985
|
|
|
|
(425
|
)
|
|
|
(4,878
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
1,359
|
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
|
|
(941
|
)
|
|
|
(7,348
|
)
|
Basic earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
(0.62
|
)
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
(0.62
|
)
|
Net investment in leases and loans
|
|
|
753,535
|
|
|
|
731,427
|
|
|
|
702,095
|
|
|
|
670,494
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
872,833
|
|
|
|
855,577
|
|
|
|
803,918
|
|
|
|
795,816
|
|
Net deferred income tax liability
|
|
|
14,302
|
|
|
|
14,513
|
|
|
|
14,861
|
|
|
|
15,673
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
725,231
|
|
|
|
703,182
|
|
|
|
651,469
|
|
|
|
648,360
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
70,090
|
|
|
|
71,790
|
|
|
|
70,848
|
|
|
|
63,501
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
147,602
|
|
|
|
152,395
|
|
|
|
152,449
|
|
|
|
147,456
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
$
|
21,437
|
|
|
$
|
22,151
|
|
|
$
|
22,622
|
|
|
$
|
24,021
|
|
Fee income
|
|
|
5,615
|
|
|
|
5,186
|
|
|
|
5,685
|
|
|
|
5,510
|
|
Interest and fee income
|
|
|
27,052
|
|
|
|
27,337
|
|
|
|
28,307
|
|
|
|
29,531
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
7,711
|
|
|
|
8,256
|
|
|
|
8,768
|
|
|
|
10,587
|
|
Provision for credit losses
|
|
|
3,392
|
|
|
|
3,468
|
|
|
|
3,966
|
|
|
|
6,395
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
3,282
|
|
|
|
3,381
|
|
|
|
3,298
|
|
|
|
2,114
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
5,027
|
|
|
|
5,178
|
|
|
|
5,028
|
|
|
|
3,053
|
|
Basic earnings per share
|
|
|
0.42
|
|
|
|
0.43
|
|
|
|
0.41
|
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
Diluted earnings per share
|
|
|
0.41
|
|
|
|
0.42
|
|
|
|
0.41
|
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
Net investment in leases and loans
|
|
|
723,057
|
|
|
|
748,139
|
|
|
|
755,928
|
|
|
|
765,938
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
817,403
|
|
|
|
842,202
|
|
|
|
851,557
|
|
|
|
959,654
|
|
Net deferred income tax liability
|
|
|
21,107
|
|
|
|
21,107
|
|
|
|
17,613
|
|
|
|
15,682
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
676,500
|
|
|
|
694,551
|
|
|
|
701,124
|
|
|
|
809,509
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
55,472
|
|
|
|
60,650
|
|
|
|
65,678
|
|
|
|
68,731
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
140,903
|
|
|
|
147,651
|
|
|
|
150,433
|
|
|
|
150,145
|
|
Recently
Issued Accounting Standards
In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155,
Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments, an
amendment of SFAS No. 133 and No. 140. This
Statement, which became effective for fiscal years beginning
after September 15, 2006, addresses certain beneficial
interests in securitized financial assets. The adoption of
SFAS No. 155 did not have a material impact on the
consolidated earnings or financial position of the Company.
55
In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes. This Interpretation clarifies
the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a
companys financial statements in accordance with FASB
Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.
FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement
attribute for the financial statement recognition and
measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a
tax return. Guidance is also provided on derecognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim
periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. In May
2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
No. FIN 48-1,
Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48
(FSP
FIN 48-1),
which clarifies when a tax position is considered settled under
FIN 48. FSP
FIN 48-1
is applicable at the adoption of FIN 48. The adoption of
FIN 48 and the subsequent guidance in FSP
FIN 48-1
did not have a material impact on the consolidated earnings,
financial position or cash flows of the Company.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements. This Statement defines fair
value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP,
and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.
SFAS No. 157 applies under other accounting
pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements,
in which the Board previously concluded in those pronouncements
that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute.
Accordingly, SFAS No. 157 does not require any new
fair value measurements. The changes to current practice
resulting from the application of this Statement relate to the
definition of fair value, the methods used to measure fair
value, and the expanded disclosures about fair value
measurements. SFAS No. 157, however, does not apply
under accounting pronouncements that address share-based payment
transactions, including SFAS No. 123(R) and its
related interpretative pronouncements. The provisions of
SFAS No. 157, as amended by FASB Staff Position
FAS 157-1,
also exclude provisions of SFAS No. 13, Accounting
for Leases, and other accounting pronouncements that address
fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or
measurement under SFAS No. 13. SFAS No. 157
is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2007. The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 effective
January 1, 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 did
not have a material impact on the consolidated earnings,
financial position or cash flows of the Company. However, it
resulted in additional disclosures as presented in Note 12
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial
Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an
Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115. This Statement
permits an entity to irrevocably elect to report selected
financial assets and liabilities at fair value, with subsequent
changes in fair value reported in earnings. The election may be
applied on an
instrument-by-instrument
basis. The Statement also establishes additional presentation
and disclosure requirements for items measured using the fair
value option. SFAS No. 159 is effective for all
financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007. At this time, the Company has not
elected to report any assets and liabilities using the fair
value option available under SFAS No. 159.
On June 16, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
No. Emerging Issues Task Force
03-6-1,
Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based
Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities (FSP
EITF 03-6-1),
which concluded that unvested share-based payment awards
that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend
equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating
securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings
per share (EPS) pursuant to the two-class method.
FSP
EITF 03-6-1
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2008, and interim periods within those years. Upon adoption, a
company is required to retrospectively adjust its earnings per
share data to conform with the provisions of FSP
EITF 03-6-1.
The Company expects that the adoption of FSP
EITF 06-3-1
will result in an increase ranging from approximately 1% to 4%
in the weighted average number of shares used in computing basic
EPS for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008.
There is expected to be no impact on the number of shares used
in computing diluted loss per share.
|
|
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
|
The information appearing in the section captioned
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Operations
and Financial Condition Market Interest-Rate Risk
and Sensitivity under Item 7 of this
Form 10-K
is incorporated herein by reference.
56
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
Managements
Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting
as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act). The Companys internal control
over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable
assurance to the Companys management and Board of
Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of
published financial statements. Because of its inherent
limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not
prevent or detect misstatements.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2008. In making its assessment of internal
control over financial reporting, management used the criteria
set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
(COSO) of the Treadway Commission in Internal
Control Integrated Framework.
Management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, the
Companys internal control over financial reporting was
effective based on the criteria set forth by the COSO of the
Treadway Commission in Internal Control
Integrated Framework.
The effectiveness of our internal controls over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2008 have been audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered
public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is
included herein.
March 13, 2009
57
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of
Marlin Business Services Corp. and
Subsidiaries
Mount Laurel, New Jersey
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of
Marlin Business Services Corp. and subsidiaries (the
Company) as of December 31, 2008, based on
criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Companys
management is responsible for maintaining effective internal
control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,
included in the accompanying Managements Annual Report on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is
to express an opinion on the Companys internal control
over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed by, or under the supervision of, the
companys principal executive and principal financial
officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected
by the companys board of directors, management, and other
personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over
financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or
improper management override of controls, material misstatements
due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a
timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the
effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting
to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended
December 31, 2008 of the Company and our report dated
March 13, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those
financial statements.
March 13, 2009
Member
of
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
58
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
59
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of
Marlin Business Services Corp. and
Subsidiaries
Mount Laurel, New Jersey
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Marlin Business Services Corp. and subsidiaries (the
Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and
the related consolidated statements of income,
stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2008. These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Marlin Business Services Corp. and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
Companys internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
and our report dated March 13, 2009 expressed an
unqualified opinion on the Companys internal control over
financial reporting.
March 13, 2009
Member
of
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
60
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per-share data)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
32,776
|
|
|
$
|
34,347
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
66,212
|
|
|
|
141,070
|
|
Net investment in leases and loans
|
|
|
670,494
|
|
|
|
765,938
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
2,961
|
|
|
|
3,266
|
|
Property tax receivables
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
539
|
|
Fair value of cash flow hedge derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
20,253
|
|
|
|
14,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
795,816
|
|
|
$
|
959,654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Revolving and term secured borrowings
|
|
$
|
543,308
|
|
|
$
|
773,085
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
63,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of cash flow hedge derivatives
|
|
|
11,528
|
|
|
|
4,760
|
|
Sales and property taxes payable
|
|
|
6,540
|
|
|
|
5,756
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
7,926
|
|
|
|
10,226
|
|
Net deferred income tax liability
|
|
|
15,673
|
|
|
|
15,682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
648,360
|
|
|
|
809,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock, $0.01 par value; 75,000,000 shares
authorized; 12,246,405 and 12,201,304 shares issued and
outstanding, respectively
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares
authorized; none issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
83,671
|
|
|
|
84,429
|
|
Stock subscription receivable
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
(3,130
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
63,501
|
|
|
|
68,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
147,456
|
|
|
|
150,145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
795,816
|
|
|
$
|
959,654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
61
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per-share data)
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
$
|
86,099
|
|
|
$
|
90,231
|
|
|
$
|
77,644
|
|
Fee income
|
|
|
22,657
|
|
|
|
21,996
|
|
|
|
20,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and fee income
|
|
|
108,756
|
|
|
|
112,227
|
|
|
|
97,955
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
36,880
|
|
|
|
35,322
|
|
|
|
26,562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest and fee income
|
|
|
71,876
|
|
|
|
76,905
|
|
|
|
71,393
|
|
Provision for credit losses
|
|
|
31,494
|
|
|
|
17,221
|
|
|
|
9,934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest and fee income after provision for credit losses
|
|
|
40,382
|
|
|
|
59,684
|
|
|
|
61,459
|
|
Insurance and other income
|
|
|
6,841
|
|
|
|
6,684
|
|
|
|
5,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest and other income after provision for credit losses
|
|
|
47,223
|
|
|
|
66,368
|
|
|
|
66,960
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on derivatives and hedging activities
|
|
|
(16,039
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and benefits
|
|
|
22,916
|
|
|
|
21,329
|
|
|
|
22,468
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
15,241
|
|
|
|
13,633
|
|
|
|
11,957
|
|
Financing related costs
|
|
|
1,418
|
|
|
|
1,045
|
|
|
|
1,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-interest expense
|
|
|
39,575
|
|
|
|
36,007
|
|
|
|
35,749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(8,391
|
)
|
|
|
30,361
|
|
|
|
31,211
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(3,161
|
)
|
|
|
12,075
|
|
|
|
12,577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(5,230
|
)
|
|
$
|
18,286
|
|
|
$
|
18,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
(0.44
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.51
|
|
|
$
|
1.58
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
(0.44
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.49
|
|
|
$
|
1.53
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing basic earnings (loss)
per share
|
|
|
11,874,647
|
|
|
|
12,079,172
|
|
|
|
11,803,973
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing diluted earnings
(loss) per share
|
|
|
11,874,647
|
|
|
|
12,299,051
|
|
|
|
12,161,479
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
62
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Subscription
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per-share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2005
|
|
|
11,755,225
|
|
|
$
|
117
|
|
|
$
|
77,186
|
|
|
$
|
(25
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,520
|
|
|
$
|
31,811
|
|
|
$
|
112,609
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
15,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
343
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
156,494
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
690
|
|
Tax benefit on stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,048
|
|
Stock option compensation recognized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,090
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,090
|
|
Payment of receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Restricted stock grant
|
|
|
102,801
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Restricted stock compensation recognized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,495
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,495
|
|
Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,628
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,628
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,634
|
|
|
|
18,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2006
|
|
|
12,030,259
|
|
|
$
|
120
|
|
|
$
|
81,850
|
|
|
$
|
(18
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,892
|
|
|
$
|
50,445
|
|
|
$
|
134,289
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
17,994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
(122,000
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1,613
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,614
|
)
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
217,417
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,744
|
|
Tax benefit on stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,220
|
|
Stock option compensation recognized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
Payment of receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Restricted stock grant
|
|
|
57,634
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Restricted stock compensation recognized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
527
|
|
Net unrealized loss on cash flow hedge derivatives, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,022
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,022
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,286
|
|
|
|
18,286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2007
|
|
|
12,201,304
|
|
|
$
|
122
|
|
|
$
|
84,429
|
|
|
$
|
(7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,130
|
)
|
|
$
|
68,731
|
|
|
$
|
150,145
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
36,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
(333,759
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2,380
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,383
|
)
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
46,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
Tax benefit on stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
Stock option compensation recognized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
Payment of receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Restricted stock grant
|
|
|
295,884
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock compensation recognized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
926
|
|
Net change related to cash flow hedge derivatives, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,297
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,230
|
)
|
|
|
(5,230
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
12,246,405
|
|
|
$
|
122
|
|
|
$
|
83,671
|
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
|
$
|
167
|
|
|
$
|
63,501
|
|
|
$
|
147,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
63
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(5,230
|
)
|
|
$
|
18,286
|
|
|
$
|
18,634
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,845
|
|
|
|
2,877
|
|
|
|
2,766
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
1,178
|
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
|
2,585
|
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based payment arrangements
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
(1,198
|
)
|
|
|
(1,105
|
)
|
Amortization of deferred net gain on cash flow hedge derivatives
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
(2,037
|
)
|
|
|
(1,907
|
)
|
Decrease in fair value of cash flow hedge derivatives
|
|
|
10,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow hedge losses reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive loss
|
|
|
5,041
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for credit losses
|
|
|
31,494
|
|
|
|
17,221
|
|
|
|
9,934
|
|
Net deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(2,146
|
)
|
|
|
(3,949
|
)
|
|
|
(1,346
|
)
|
Amortization of deferred initial direct costs and fees
|
|
|
16,493
|
|
|
|
16,150
|
|
|
|
13,264
|
|
Deferred initial direct costs and fees
|
|
|
(10,126
|
)
|
|
|
(19,269
|
)
|
|
|
(19,173
|
)
|
Loss (gain) on equipment disposed
|
|
|
1,072
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
|
(284
|
)
|
Effect of changes in other operating items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(9,689
|
)
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
|
|
860
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(5,106
|
)
|
|
|
(6,959
|
)
|
|
|
4,219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
36,551
|
|
|
|
22,496
|
|
|
|
28,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of equipment for direct financing lease contracts and
funds used to originate loans
|
|
|
(256,554
|
)
|
|
|
(388,376
|
)
|
|
|
(388,661
|
)
|
Principal collections on leases and loans
|
|
|
310,600
|
|
|
|
298,584
|
|
|
|
258,865
|
|
Security deposits collected, net of returns
|
|
|
(2,979
|
)
|
|
|
(2,380
|
)
|
|
|
(1,224
|
)
|
Proceeds from the sale of equipment
|
|
|
5,445
|
|
|
|
5,404
|
|
|
|
5,947
|
|
Acquisitions of property and equipment
|
|
|
(938
|
)
|
|
|
(1,106
|
)
|
|
|
(873
|
)
|
Change in restricted cash
|
|
|
74,858
|
|
|
|
(83,365
|
)
|
|
|
(9,918
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
130,432
|
|
|
|
(171,239
|
)
|
|
|
(135,864
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuances of common stock
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
|
|
350
|
|
Repurchases of common stock
|
|
|
(2,383
|
)
|
|
|
(1,614
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
1,744
|
|
|
|
690
|
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based payment arrangements
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
1,198
|
|
|
|
1,105
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(175
|
)
|
|
|
(1,965
|
)
|
|
|
(2,010
|
)
|
Term securitization advances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
440,455
|
|
|
|
380,182
|
|
Term securitization repayments
|
|
|
(331,700
|
)
|
|
|
(283,692
|
)
|
|
|
(280,709
|
)
|
Secured bank facility advances
|
|
|
101,902
|
|
|
|
173,960
|
|
|
|
159,624
|
|
Secured bank facility repayments
|
|
|
(81,854
|
)
|
|
|
(173,960
|
)
|
|
|
(159,624
|
)
|
Warehouse advances
|
|
|
90,451
|
|
|
|
242,046
|
|
|
|
217,168
|
|
Warehouse repayments
|
|
|
(8,576
|
)
|
|
|
(242,046
|
)
|
|
|
(217,168
|
)
|
Increase in deposits
|
|
|
63,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used by) financing activities
|
|
|
(168,554
|
)
|
|
|
156,427
|
|
|
|
99,608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(1,571
|
)
|
|
|
7,684
|
|
|
|
(7,809
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
34,347
|
|
|
|
26,663
|
|
|
|
34,472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$
|
32,776
|
|
|
$
|
34,347
|
|
|
$
|
26,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
35,051
|
|
|
$
|
34,976
|
|
|
$
|
26,423
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
|
2,758
|
|
|
|
15,708
|
|
|
|
10,708
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
64
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Marlin Business Services Corp. (Company) was
incorporated in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on
August 5, 2003. Through its principal operating subsidiary,
Marlin Leasing Corporation, the Company provides equipment
leasing and working capital solutions primarily to small
businesses nationwide in a segment of the equipment leasing
market commonly referred to in the leasing industry as the
small-ticket segment. The Company finances over 80 categories of
commercial equipment important to its end user customers
including copiers, certain commercial and industrial equipment,
security systems, computers and telecommunications equipment.
Marlin Leasing Corporation is managed as a single business
segment.
References to the Company, Marlin,
we, us, and our herein refer
to Marlin Business Services Corp. and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Basis
of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are used
when accounting for income recognition, the residual values of
leased equipment, the allowance for credit losses, deferred
initial direct costs and fees, late fee receivables, performance
assumptions for stock-based compensation awards, the probability
of forecasted transactions, the fair value of financial
instruments and income taxes. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and interest-bearing
money market funds. For purposes of the consolidated statement
of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid
investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to
be cash equivalents.
Restricted
Cash
Restricted cash consists primarily of the cash reserve, advance
payment accounts and cash held by the trustee related to the
Companys term securitizations. The restricted cash balance
also includes amounts due from securitizations representing
reimbursements of servicing fees and excess spread income.
Net
Investment in Leases and Loans
The Company uses the direct finance method of accounting to
record direct financing leases and related interest income. At
the inception of a lease, the Company records as an asset the
minimum future lease payments receivable, plus the estimated
residual value of the leased equipment, less unearned lease
income. Initial direct costs and fees related to lease
originations are deferred as part of the investment and
amortized over the lease term. Unearned lease income is the
amount by which the total lease receivable plus the estimated
residual value exceeds the cost of the equipment. Unearned lease
income, net of initial direct costs and fees, is recognized as
revenue over the lease term using the interest method.
65
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Residual values reflect the estimated amounts to be received at
lease termination from lease extensions, sales or other
dispositions of leased equipment. Estimates are based on
industry data and managements experience. Management
performs periodic reviews of the estimated residual values
recorded and any impairment, if other than temporary, is
recognized in the current period.
Allowance
for Credit Losses
In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies,
we maintain an allowance for credit losses at an amount
sufficient to absorb losses inherent in our existing lease and
loan portfolios as of the reporting dates based on our
projection of probable net credit losses. We evaluate our
portfolios on a pooled basis, due to their composition of small
balance, homogenous accounts with similar general credit risk
characteristics, diversified among a large cross section of
variables including industry, geography, equipment type, obligor
and vendor. To project probable net credit losses, we perform a
migration analysis of delinquent and current accounts based on
historic loss experience. A migration analysis is a technique
used to estimate the likelihood that an account will progress
through the various delinquency stages and ultimately charge
off. In addition to the migration analysis, we also consider
other factors including recent trends in delinquencies and
charge-offs; accounts filing for bankruptcy; account
modifications; recovered amounts; forecasting uncertainties; the
composition of our lease and loan portfolios; economic
conditions; and seasonality. The various factors used in the
analysis are reviewed on a periodic basis. We then establish an
allowance for credit losses for the projected probable net
credit losses based on this analysis. A provision is charged
against earnings to maintain the allowance for credit losses at
the appropriate level. Our policy is to charge-off against the
allowance the estimated unrecoverable portion of accounts once
they reach 121 days delinquent.
Our projections of probable net credit losses are inherently
uncertain, and as a result we cannot predict with certainty the
amount of such losses. Changes in economic conditions, the risk
characteristics and composition of the portfolio, bankruptcy
laws, and other factors could impact our actual and projected
net credit losses and the related allowance for credit losses.
To the degree we add new leases and loans to our portfolios, or
to the degree credit quality is worse than expected, we record
expense to increase the allowance for credit losses for the
estimated net losses inherent in our portfolios. Actual losses
may vary from current estimates.
Property
and Equipment
The Company records property and equipment at cost. Equipment
capitalized under capital leases is recorded at the present
value of the minimum lease payments due over the lease term.
Depreciation and amortization are provided using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
related assets or lease term, whichever is shorter. The Company
generally uses depreciable lives that range from three to seven
years based on equipment type.
Other
Assets
Included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are
transaction costs associated with warehouse facilities and term
securitization transactions that are being amortized over the
estimated lives of the related warehouse facilities and the term
securitization transactions using a method which approximates
the interest method. In addition, other assets include
derivative collateral, income taxes receivable, prepaid
expenses, accrued fee income and progress payments on equipment
purchased to lease.
Securitizations
Since inception, the Company has completed nine term note
securitizations of which six have been repaid. In connection
with each transaction, the Company has established a bankruptcy
remote special-purpose subsidiary and issued term debt to
institutional investors. Under SFAS No. 140,
Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets
and Extinguishments of Liabilities, a replacement of Financial
Accounting Standards Board
66
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(FASB) Statement No. 125, the
Companys securitizations do not qualify for sales
accounting treatment due to certain call provisions that the
Company maintains as well as the fact that the special purpose
entities used in connection with the securitizations also hold
the residual assets. Accordingly, assets and related debt of the
special purpose entities are included in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Companys leases and
restricted cash are assigned as collateral for these borrowings
and there is no further recourse to the general credit of the
Company. Collateral in excess of these borrowings represents the
Companys maximum loss exposure.
Derivatives
SFAS No. 133, as amended, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities, requires recognition of
all derivatives at fair value as either assets or liabilities in
the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The accounting for subsequent
changes in the fair value of these derivatives depends on
whether each has been designated and qualifies for hedge
accounting treatment pursuant to the accounting standard.
Prior to July 1, 2008, the Company entered into derivative
contracts which were accounted for as cash flow hedges under
hedge accounting as prescribed by SFAS No. 133. Under
hedge accounting, the effective portion of the gain or loss on a
derivative designated as a cash flow hedge was reported net of
tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets, until the pricing of the related
term securitization. The derivative gain or loss recognized in
accumulated other comprehensive income is then reclassified into
earnings as an adjustment to interest expense over the terms of
the related borrowings.
While the Company may continue to use derivative financial
instruments to reduce exposure to changing interest rates,
effective July 1, 2008, the Company discontinued the use of
hedge accounting. By discontinuing hedge accounting effective
July 1, 2008, any subsequent changes in the fair value of
derivative instruments, including those that had previously been
accounted for under hedge accounting, is recognized immediately
in loss on derivatives and hedging activities. This change
creates volatility in our results of operations, as the market
value of our derivative financial instruments changes over time,
and this volatility may adversely impact our results of
operations and financial condition.
For the forecasted transactions that are probable of occurring,
the derivative gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive
income as of June 30, 2008 will be reclassified into
earnings as an adjustment to interest expense over the terms of
the related forecasted borrowings, consistent with hedge
accounting treatment. In the event that the related forecasted
borrowing is no longer probable of occurring, the related gain
or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income is recognized
in earnings immediately.
The Company has adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements, which establishes a framework for measuring
fair value under generally accepted accounting principles
(GAAP) and enhances disclosures about fair value
measurements. As defined in SFAS No. 157, fair value
is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in a orderly transaction between market
participants in the principal or most advantageous market for
the asset or liability at the measurement date (exit price).
Because the Companys derivatives are not listed on an
exchange, the Company values these instruments using a valuation
model with pricing inputs that are observable in the market or
that can be derived principally from or corroborated by
observable market data.
Income
recognition
Interest income is recognized under the effective interest
method. The effective interest method of income recognition
applies a constant rate of interest equal to the internal rate
of return on the lease. When a lease or loan is 90 days or
more delinquent, the contract is classified as non-accrual and
we do not recognize interest income on that contract until it is
less than 90 days delinquent.
67
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fee
Income
Fee income consists of fees for delinquent lease and loan
payments, cash collected on early termination of leases and
other administrative fees. Fee income also includes net residual
income, which includes income from lease renewals and gains and
losses on the realization of residual values of equipment
disposed at the end of term.
At the end of the original lease term, lessees may choose to
purchase the equipment, renew the lease or return the equipment
to the Company. The Company receives income from lease renewals
when the lessee elects to retain the equipment longer than the
original term of the lease. This income, net of appropriate
periodic reductions in the estimated residual values of the
related equipment, is included in fee income as net residual
income.
When the lessee elects to return the equipment at lease
termination, the equipment is transferred to other assets at the
lower of its basis or fair market value. The Company generally
sells returned equipment to an independent third party, rather
than leasing the equipment a second time. The Company does not
maintain equipment in other assets for longer than
120 days. Any loss recognized on transferring the equipment
to other assets, and any gain or loss realized on the sale or
disposal of equipment to the lessee or to others is included in
fee income as net residual income.
Fee income from delinquent lease payments is recognized on an
accrual basis based on anticipated collection rates. Other fees
are recognized when received. Management performs periodic
reviews of the estimated residual values and any impairment, if
other than temporary, is recognized in the current period.
Insurance
and Other Income
Insurance income is recognized on an accrual basis as earned
over the term of the lease. Payments that are 120 days or
more past due are charged against income. Ceding commissions,
losses and loss adjustment expenses are recorded in the period
incurred and netted against insurance income. Other income
includes fees received from lease syndications and gains on
sales of leases which are recognized when received.
Initial
direct costs and fees
We defer initial direct costs incurred and fees received to
originate our leases and loans in accordance with
SFAS No. 91, Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and
Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial
Direct Costs of Leases. The initial direct costs and fees we
defer are part of the net investment in leases and loans and are
amortized to interest income using the effective interest
method. We defer third-party commission costs as well as certain
internal costs directly related to the origination activity.
Costs subject to deferral include evaluating the prospective
customers financial condition, evaluating and recording
guarantees and other security arrangements, negotiating terms,
preparing and processing documents and closing the transaction.
The fees we defer are documentation fees collected at inception.
The realization of the deferred initial direct costs, net of
fees deferred, is predicated on the net future cash flows
generated by our lease and loan portfolios.
Common
Stock and Equity
On November 2, 2007, the Board of Directors approved a
stock repurchase plan. Under the stock repurchase plan, the
Company is authorized to repurchase common stock on the open
market. The par value of the shares repurchased is charged to
common stock with the excess of the purchase price over par
charged against any available additional paid-in capital.
Financing
Related Costs
Financing related costs consist of bank commitment fees paid to
our financing sources and the change in fair value of
interest-rate cap agreements related to our warehouse borrowing
arrangements.
68
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Stock-Based
Compensation
SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment,
establishes fair value as the measurement objective in
accounting for share-based payment arrangements and requires all
entities to apply a fair-value-based measurement method in
accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees
and non-employees, except for equity instruments held by
employee share ownership plans.
The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) effective
January 1, 2006 using the modified prospective transition
method. Accordingly, stock-based compensation cost is measured
at grant date, based on the fair value of the awards ultimately
expected to vest. Compensation cost is recognized on a
straight-line basis over the service period for all awards
granted subsequent to the Companys adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R), as well as for the unvested portions
of awards outstanding as of the Companys adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R).
We use the Black-Scholes valuation model to measure the fair
value of our stock options utilizing various assumptions with
respect to expected holding period, risk-free interest rates,
stock price volatility, and dividend yield. The assumptions are
based on subjective future expectations combined with management
judgment.
Under SFAS No. 123(R), the Company is also required to
use judgment in estimating the amount of awards that are
expected to be forfeited, with subsequent revisions to the
assumptions if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
In addition, for performance-based awards the Company estimates
the degree to which the performance conditions will be met to
estimate the number of shares expected to vest and the related
compensation expense. Compensation expense is adjusted in the
period such performance estimates change.
Income
Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.
SFAS No. 109 requires the use of the asset and
liability method under which deferred taxes are determined based
on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the
financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities,
given the provisions of the enacted tax laws. In assessing the
realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers
whether it is more likely than not that some portion of the
deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate
realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the
generation of future taxable income during the periods in which
those temporary differences become deductible. Management
considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and
projected future taxable income in making this assessment. Based
upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for
future taxable income over the periods which the deferred tax
assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely
than not the Company will realize the benefits of these
deductible differences.
Significant management judgment is required in determining the
provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities
and any necessary valuation allowance recorded against net
deferred tax assets. The process involves summarizing temporary
differences resulting from the different treatment of items, for
example, leases for tax and accounting purposes. These
differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which
are included within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Our
management must then assess the likelihood that deferred tax
assets will be recovered from future taxable income or tax
carry-back availability and, to the extent our management
believes recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance must be
established. To the extent that we establish a valuation
allowance in a period, an expense must be recorded within the
tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation
No. 48 (FIN 48), Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes, on January 1, 2007.
FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement
attribute for the financial statement recognition and
measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a
tax return. Guidance is also provided on derecognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim
periods, disclosure and transition. Based on our evaluation, we
concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions
requiring recognition in our financial statements. There was no
effect on our financial condition, results of
69
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
operations or cash flows as a result of implementing
FIN 48, and we did not have any unrecognized tax benefits.
At December 31, 2008, there have been no material changes
to the liability for uncertain tax positions and there are no
unrecognized tax benefits. The periods subject to examination
for the Companys federal return include the 1997 tax year
to the present. The Company files state income tax returns in
various states which may have different statutes of limitations.
Generally, state income tax returns for years 2003 through 2008
are subject to examination.
The Company records penalties and accrued interest related to
uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Such adjustments
have historically been minimal and immaterial to our financial
results.
Earnings
Per Share
The Company follows SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per
Share. Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net
income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding for the period.
Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding and the dilutive
impact of the exercise or conversion of common stock
equivalents, such as stock options, into shares of Common Stock
as if those securities were exercised or converted.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155,
Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments, an
amendment of SFAS No. 133 and No. 140. This
Statement, which became effective for fiscal years beginning
after September 15, 2006, addresses certain beneficial
interests in securitized financial assets. The adoption of
SFAS No. 155 did not have a material impact on the
consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows of the
Company.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes. This Interpretation clarifies
the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a
companys financial statements in accordance with FASB
Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.
FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement
attribute for the financial statement recognition and
measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a
tax return. Guidance is also provided on derecognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim
periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. In May
2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
No. FIN 48-1,
Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48
(FSP
FIN 48-1),
which clarifies when a tax position is considered settled under
FIN 48. FSP
FIN 48-1
is applicable at the adoption of FIN 48. The adoption of
FIN 48 and the subsequent guidance in FSP
FIN 48-1
did not have a material impact on the consolidated earnings,
financial position or cash flows of the Company.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements. This Statement defines fair
value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP,
and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.
SFAS No. 157 applies under other accounting
pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements,
in which the Board previously concluded in those pronouncements
that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute.
Accordingly, SFAS No. 157 does not require any new
fair value measurements. The changes to current practice
resulting from the application of this Statement relate to the
definition of fair value, the methods used to measure fair
value, and the expanded disclosures about fair value
measurements. SFAS No. 157, however, does not apply
under accounting pronouncements that address share-based payment
transactions, including SFAS No. 123(R) and its
related interpretative pronouncements. The provisions of
SFAS No. 157, as amended by FASB Staff Position
FAS 157-1,
also exclude provisions of SFAS No. 13, Accounting
for Leases, and other accounting pronouncements that address
fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or
measurement under SFAS No. 13. SFAS No. 157
is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2007. The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 effective
January 1, 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 did
not have a material impact on the consolidated earnings,
financial position or cash flows of the Company. However, it
resulted in additional disclosures as presented in Note 12
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
70
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial
Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an
Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115. This Statement
permits an entity to irrevocably elect to report selected
financial assets and liabilities at fair value, with subsequent
changes in fair value reported in earnings. The election may be
applied on an
instrument-by-instrument
basis. The Statement also establishes additional presentation
and disclosure requirements for items measured using the fair
value option. SFAS No. 159 is effective for all
financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007. At this time, the Company has not
elected to report any assets and liabilities using the fair
value option available under SFAS No. 159.
On June 16, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
No. Emerging Issues Task Force
03-6-1,
Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based
Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities (FSP
EITF 03-6-1),
which concluded that unvested share-based payment awards
that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend
equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating
securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings
per share (EPS) pursuant to the two-class method.
FSP
EITF 03-6-1
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2008, and interim periods within those years. Upon adoption, a
company is required to retrospectively adjust its earnings per
share data to conform with the provisions of FSP
EITF 03-6-1.
The Company expects that the adoption of FSP
EITF 06-3-1
will result in an increase ranging from approximately 1% to 4%
in the weighted average number of shares used in computing basic
EPS for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008.
There is expected to be no impact on the number of shares used
in computing diluted earnings (loss) per share.
|
|
3.
|
Net
Investment in Leases and Loans
|
Net investment in leases and loans consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Minimum lease payments receivable
|
|
$
|
752,802
|
|
|
$
|
865,156
|
|
Estimated residual value of equipment
|
|
|
51,197
|
|
|
|
50,798
|
|
Unearned lease income, net of initial direct costs and fees
deferred
|
|
|
(118,390
|
)
|
|
|
(137,909
|
)
|
Security deposits
|
|
|
(12,165
|
)
|
|
|
(15,144
|
)
|
Loans, net of unamortized deferred fees and costs
|
|
|
12,333
|
|
|
|
14,025
|
|
Allowance for credit losses
|
|
|
(15,283
|
)
|
|
|
(10,988
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
670,494
|
|
|
$
|
765,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2008, a total of $647.6 million of
minimum lease payments receivable are assigned as collateral for
revolving and term secured borrowings as further discussed in
Note 10.
Initial direct costs net of fees deferred were
$21.0 million and $27.4 million as of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and are netted in
unearned income and will be amortized to income using the level
yield method. At December 31, 2008 and 2007,
$40.5 million and $38.6 million, respectively, of the
estimated residual value of equipment retained on our
Consolidated Balance Sheets related to copiers.
71
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Minimum lease payments receivable under lease contracts and the
amortization of unearned lease income, net of initial direct
costs and fees deferred, are as follows as of December 31,
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Lease
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
317,704
|
|
|
$
|
62,121
|
|
2010
|
|
|
223,617
|
|
|
|
34,162
|
|
2011
|
|
|
133,895
|
|
|
|
15,784
|
|
2012
|
|
|
60,571
|
|
|
|
5,429
|
|
2013
|
|
|
16,732
|
|
|
|
888
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
752,802
|
|
|
$
|
118,390
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income is not recognized on leases or loans when a default on
monthly payment exists for a period of 90 days or more.
Income recognition resumes when the contract becomes less than
90 days delinquent. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007,
the Company maintained total finance receivables which were on a
non-accrual basis of $6.4 million and $3.7 million,
respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company
had total finance receivables in which the terms of the original
agreements had been renegotiated in the amount of
$8.3 million and $7.0 million, respectively.
|
|
4.
|
Concentrations
of Risk
|
As of December 31, 2008, leases approximating 13% and 9% of
the net investment balance of leases by the Company were located
in the states of California and Florida, respectively. No other
state accounted for more than 9% of the net investment balance
of leases owned and serviced by the Company as of
December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, no single
vendor source accounted for more than 4% of the net investment
balance of leases owned by the Company. The largest single
obligor accounted for less than 1% of the net investment balance
of leases owned by the Company as of December 31, 2008.
Although the Companys portfolio of leases includes lessees
located throughout the United States, such lessees ability
to honor their contracts may be substantially dependent on
economic conditions in these states. All such contracts are
collateralized by the related equipment. The Company leases to a
variety of different industries, including retail, construction,
real estate, mortgage brokers, financial services,
manufacturing, medical, service and restaurant, among others. To
the extent that the economic or regulatory conditions prevalent
in such industries change, the lessees ability to honor
their lease obligations may be adversely impacted. The estimated
residual value of leased equipment was comprised of 79.2% of
copiers as of December 31, 2008. No other group of
equipment represented more than 10% of equipment residuals as of
December 31, 2008. Improvements and other changes in
technology could adversely impact the Companys ability to
realize the recorded value of this equipment. There were no
impairments of estimated residual value recorded during the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006.
The Company enters into derivative instruments with
counterparties that generally consist of large financial
institutions. The Company monitors its positions with these
counterparties and the credit quality of these financial
institutions. The Company does not anticipate nonperformance by
any of its counterparties. In addition to the fair value of
derivative instruments recognized in the Consolidated Financial
Statements, the Company could be exposed to increased interest
costs in future periods if the counterparties failed.
72
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
5.
|
Allowance
for Credit Losses
|
Net investments in leases and loans are charged-off when they
are contractually past due for 121 days based on the
historical net loss rates realized by the Company.
Activity in this account is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of period
|
|
$
|
10,988
|
|
|
$
|
8,201
|
|
|
$
|
7,813
|
|
Current provisions
|
|
|
31,494
|
|
|
|
17,221
|
|
|
|
9,934
|
|
Charge-offs, net
|
|
|
(27,199
|
)
|
|
|
(14,434
|
)
|
|
|
(9,546
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
$
|
15,283
|
|
|
$
|
10,988
|
|
|
$
|
8,201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys net charge-offs began increasing during 2007,
primarily due to worsening general economic trends from the
favorable experience of 2006. These trends have continued to
worsen during 2008 and have most significantly impacted the
performance of interest rate-sensitive industries in our
portfolio, specifically companies in construction, mortgage and
real estate businesses. The increased charge-offs during 2008
compared to prior periods are primarily due to the unfavorable
changes in the economic environment. The increase in the
allowance for credit losses was primarily due to the impact of
weakening economic conditions on delinquency levels.
|
|
6.
|
Property
and Equipment, Net
|
Property and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Depreciable
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and equipment
|
|
$
|
2,815
|
|
|
$
|
2,647
|
|
|
|
7 years
|
|
Computer systems and equipment
|
|
|
6,962
|
|
|
|
6,367
|
|
|
|
3-5 years
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
lease term
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(7,385
|
)
|
|
|
(6,277
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,961
|
|
|
$
|
3,266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense was $1.2 million,
$1.2 million and $1.1 million for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
73
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Other assets are comprised of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Derivative collateral
|
|
$
|
7,494
|
|
|
$
|
4,361
|
|
Income taxes receivable
|
|
|
4,136
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued fees receivable
|
|
|
3,559
|
|
|
|
3,361
|
|
Deferred transaction costs
|
|
|
1,375
|
|
|
|
2,739
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
1,990
|
|
|
|
1,268
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,699
|
|
|
|
2,761
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,253
|
|
|
$
|
14,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective November 2007, the Company discontinued the
origination of new factoring agreements and has withdrawn from
its factoring business that was in the pilot phase.
|
|
8.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
The Company is involved in legal proceedings, which include
claims, litigation and suits arising in the ordinary course of
business. In the opinion of management, these actions will not
have a material adverse effect on the Companys
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash
flows.
As of December 31, 2008, the Company leases all six of its
office locations including its executive offices in Mt. Laurel,
New Jersey, and its offices in or near Denver, Colorado;
Atlanta, Georgia; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Chicago, Illinois
and Salt Lake City, Utah. These lease commitments are accounted
for as operating leases.
The Company has entered into several capital leases to finance
corporate property and equipment.
The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments for
capital and operating leases as of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
1,796
|
|
2010
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1,636
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,489
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,514
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
655
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
$
|
7,090
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less amount representing interest
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rent expense was $1.3 million, $1.3 million and
$1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
74
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company has employment agreements with certain senior
officers that currently extend through November 12, 2010,
with certain renewal options.
Effective March 12, 2008, the Company opened Marlin
Business Bank, an industrial bank chartered by the State of
Utah. Marlin Business Bank currently provides diversification of
the Companys funding sources through the issuance of
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insured
certificates of deposit raised nationally through various
brokered deposit relationships. As of December 31, 2008,
the remaining scheduled maturities of time deposits are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scheduled
|
|
|
|
Maturities
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Period Ending December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
25,010
|
|
2010
|
|
|
16,126
|
|
2011
|
|
|
10,556
|
|
2012
|
|
|
7,267
|
|
2013
|
|
|
4,426
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
63,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All time deposits are in denominations of less than $100,000.
The weighted average all-in interest rate of deposits
outstanding at December 31, 2008 was 4.00%.
|
|
10.
|
Revolving
and Term Secured Borrowings
|
Borrowings outstanding under the Companys revolving credit
facilities and long-term debt consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Secured bank facility
|
|
$
|
20,048
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
00-A
Warehouse Facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
02-A
Warehouse Facility
|
|
|
81,875
|
|
|
|
|
|
04-1 Term
Securitization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,514
|
|
05-1 Term
Securitization
|
|
|
42,129
|
|
|
|
98,782
|
|
06-1 Term
Securitization
|
|
|
123,371
|
|
|
|
221,083
|
|
07-1 Term
Securitization
|
|
|
275,885
|
|
|
|
420,706
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total borrowings
|
|
$
|
543,308
|
|
|
$
|
773,085
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
At the end of each period, the Company has the following minimum
lease payments receivable assigned as collateral:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Secured bank facility
|
|
$
|
25,418
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
00-A
Warehouse Facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
02-A
Warehouse Facility
|
|
|
124,104
|
|
|
|
|
|
04-1 Term
Securitization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,590
|
|
05-1 Term
Securitization
|
|
|
43,830
|
|
|
|
114,401
|
|
06-1 Term
Securitization
|
|
|
135,467
|
|
|
|
269,234
|
|
07-1 Term
Securitization
|
|
|
318,750
|
|
|
|
405,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
647,569
|
|
|
$
|
825,995
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secured
Bank Facility
As of December 31, 2008, the Company has a secured line of
credit with a group of four banks to provide up to
$40.0 million in borrowings generally at LIBOR plus a
spread of 1.50% to 1.87%. The credit facility expires on
March 31, 2009. For the years ended December 31, 2008
and 2007, the weighted average interest rates were 4.37% and
7.86%, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2008
and 2007, the Company incurred commitment fees on the unused
portion of the credit facility of $138,000 and $186,000,
respectively.
Warehouse
Facilities
00-A
Warehouse Facility During December 2000, the Company
entered into a $75 million commercial paper warehouse
facility (the
00-A
Warehouse Facility). This facility was increased to
$125 million in May 2001. The facility was renewed in
September 2007 and expired in March 2008. The Company decided
not to seek renewal of the facility, due to the availability of
more diversified funding options at more favorable terms as a
result of the opening of Marlin Business Bank. The
00-A
Warehouse Facility allowed the Company on an ongoing basis to
transfer lease receivables to a wholly-owned, bankruptcy remote,
special purpose subsidiary of the Company, which issues
variable-rate notes to investors carrying an interest rate equal
to the rate on commercial paper issued to fund the notes during
the interest period. For the years ended December 31, 2007
and 2006, the weighted average interest rates were 5.43% and
5.89%, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007,
there were no notes outstanding under this facility, and no
outstanding borrowings during the twelve months ended
December 31, 2008. The
00-A
Warehouse Facility required that the Company limit its exposure
to adverse interest-rate movements on the variable-rate notes
through entering into interest-rate cap agreements. As of
December 31, 2008, the Company had interest-rate cap
transactions with notional values of $90.5 million, at a
weighted average rate of 6.00%. The fair value of these
interest-rate cap transactions was $27,000 included in other
assets as of December 31, 2008.
02-A
Warehouse Facility During April 2002, the Company
entered into a $75 million commercial paper warehouse
facility (the
02-A
Warehouse Facility). In January 2004 the
02-A
Warehouse Facility was transferred to another lender and
increased to $100 million in March 2004. The facility was
renewed in March 2006 and expires in March 2009. In August 2007
the facility was amended to increase the available amount to
$175 million and to add Marlins business capital loan
product to the borrowing base. The
02-A
Warehouse Facility allows the Company on an ongoing basis to
transfer lease receivables or business capital loans to a
wholly-owned, bankruptcy remote, special purpose subsidiary of
the Company, which issues variable-rate notes to investors
carrying an interest rate equal to the rate on commercial paper
issued to fund the notes during the interest period. For the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the weighted
average interest rate was 5.37%, 5.84% and 5.75%, respectively.
At December 31, 2008 there were $81.9 million of
borrowings outstanding under this facility. At December 31,
76
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
2007, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility.
The 02-A
Warehouse Facility requires that the Company limit its exposure
to adverse interest rate movements on the variable-rate notes
through entering into interest-rate cap agreements. As of
December 31, 2008, the Company had interest-rate cap
transactions with notional values of $85.3 million at a
weighted average rate of 6.00%. The fair value of these
interest-rate cap transactions was $26,000 included in other
assets as of December 31, 2008.
Term
Securitizations
04-1
Transaction On July 22, 2004, the Company
closed a $304.6 million term securitization. In connection
with the
2004-1
transaction, 6 classes of notes were issued to investors with
three of the classes issued at variable rates but swapped to
fixed interest cost to the Company through use of derivative
interest-rate swap contracts. The weighted average interest
coupon was approximately 3.81% over the term of the financing.
On February 15, 2008, we elected to exercise our call
option and pay off the remaining $29.9 million of our 2004
term securitization.
05-1
Transaction On August 18, 2005, the Company
closed a $340.6 million term securitization. In connection
with the
2005-1
transaction, 6 classes of fixed-rate notes were issued to
investors. The weighted average interest coupon will approximate
4.81% over the term of the financing. After the effects of
hedging and other transaction costs are considered, we expect
total interest expense on the 2005 term transaction to
approximate an average of 4.50% over the term of the borrowing.
06-1
Transaction On September 21, 2006, the Company
closed a $380.2 million term securitization. In connection
with the
2006-1
transaction, 6 classes of fixed-rate notes were issued to
investors. The weighted average interest coupon will approximate
5.51% over the term of the financing. After the effects of
hedging and other transaction costs are considered, we expect
total interest expense on the 2006 term transaction to
approximate an average of 5.21% over the term of the financing.
07-1
Transaction On October 24, 2007, the Company
closed a $440.5 million term securitization. In connection
with the
2007-1
transaction, 7 classes of fixed-rate notes were issued to
investors. The weighted average interest coupon will approximate
5.70% over the term of the financing. After the effects of
hedging and other transaction costs are considered, we expect
total interest expense on the 2007 term transaction to
approximate an average of 6.32% over the term of the financing.
Borrowings under the Companys warehouse facility and the
term securitizations are collateralized by certain of the
Companys direct financing leases. The Company is
restricted from selling, transferring, or assigning these leases
or placing liens or pledges on these leases.
Under the revolving bank facility, warehouse facility and term
securitization agreements, the Company is subject to numerous
covenants, restrictions and default provisions relating to,
among other things, maximum delinquency and default levels, a
minimum net worth requirement and a maximum debt to equity
ratio. A change in the Chief Executive Officer or President was
an event of default under the revolving bank facility and
warehouse facilities unless a replacement acceptable to the
Companys lenders was hired within 90 days. Such an
event was also an immediate event of servicer termination under
the term securitizations. Marlins former President
resigned from his position on December 20, 2006. Dan Dyer,
the Companys Chief Executive Officer, has assumed the
title of President and George Pelose, in his expanded role as
Chief Operating Officer, has assumed responsibility for all
aspects of the Companys lease financing business. This
change did not have any material adverse effect on our financing
arrangements, because the appropriate consents and waivers for
this change were obtained from all affected financing sources.
Currently, a change in the individuals performing the duties
currently encompassed by the roles of Chief Executive Officer or
Chief Operating Officer is an event of default under our
revolving bank facility and CP conduit warehouse facility,
unless we hire a replacement acceptable to our lenders within
180 days.
A merger or consolidation with another company in which the
Company is not the surviving entity is an event of default under
the financing facilities. In addition, the revolving bank
facility and warehouse facility contain cross default provisions
whereby certain defaults under one facility would also be an
event of default on the other
77
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
facilities. An event of default under the revolving bank
facility or warehouse facility could result in termination of
further funds being available under such facility. An event of
default under any of the facilities could result in an
acceleration of amounts outstanding under the facilities,
foreclosure on all or a portion of the leases financed by the
facilities
and/or the
removal of the Company as servicer of the leases financed by the
facility.
None of the Companys debt facilities contain subjective
acceleration clauses allowing the creditor to accelerate the
scheduled maturities of the obligation under conditions that are
not objectively determinable (for example, if the debtor
fails to maintain satisfactory operations or if a
material adverse change occurs).
Some of the critical financial and credit quality covenants
under our borrowing arrangements as of December 31, 2008
include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Requirement
|
|
Actual(1)
|
|
|
Requirement
|
|
|
Tangible net worth minimum
|
|
|
$147.4 million
|
|
|
|
$92.2 million
|
|
Debt-to-equity ratio maximum
|
|
|
4.29 to 1
|
|
|
|
10 to 1
|
|
Four-quarter rolling average interest coverage ratio minimum
|
|
|
1.86 to 1
|
|
|
|
1.50 to 1
|
|
Three-month rolling average lease portfolio charge-off ratio
maximum
|
|
|
4.04
|
%
|
|
|
4.25
|
%
|
Minimum quarterly net income (loss)
|
|
|
$0.4 million
|
|
|
|
$(100,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Calculations are based on specific contractual definitions and
subsidiaries per the applicable debt agreements, which may
differ from ratios or amounts presented elsewhere in this
document. |
As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with
terms of the revolving bank facility, the warehouse facility and
the term securitization agreements.
Scheduled principal and interest payments on outstanding debt as
of December 31, 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
|
Interest(1)
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
315,874
|
|
|
$
|
19,954
|
|
2010
|
|
|
135,077
|
|
|
|
9,639
|
|
2011
|
|
|
68,364
|
|
|
|
3,587
|
|
2012
|
|
|
23,095
|
|
|
|
718
|
|
2013
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
543,308
|
|
|
$
|
33,918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes interest on term securitizations only. Excludes
interest on $101.9 million related to the revolving bank
facility and commercial paper (CP) conduit warehouse
facility. |
|
|
11.
|
Derivative
Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
|
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage
exposure to the effects of changes in market interest rates and
to fulfill certain covenants in our borrowing arrangements. All
derivatives are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at
their fair value as either assets or liabilities. The accounting
for subsequent changes in the fair value of these derivatives
depends on whether each has been designated and qualifies for
hedge accounting treatment pursuant to SFAS No. 133.
78
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company has entered into various forward starting
interest-rate swap agreements related to anticipated term note
securitization transactions. Prior to July 1, 2008, these
interest-rate swap agreements were designated and accounted for
as cash flow hedges of specific term note securitization
transactions, as prescribed by SFAS No. 133. Under
hedge accounting, the effective portion of the gain or loss on a
derivative designated as a cash flow hedge was reported net of
tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets, until the pricing of the related
term securitization.
These hedges were expected to be highly effective in offsetting
the changes in cash flows of the forecasted transactions, and
this expected relationship was documented at the inception of
each hedge. Prior to July 1, 2008, expected hedge
effectiveness for SFAS No. 133 was assessed using the
dollar-offset change in variable cash flows method
which involves a comparison of the present value of the
cumulative change in the expected future cash flows on the
variable side of the interest-rate swap to the present value of
the cumulative change in the expected future cash flows on the
hedged floating-rate asset or liability. The Company
retrospectively measured ineffectiveness using the same
methodology. The gain or loss from the effective portion of a
derivative designated as a cash flow hedge was recorded net of
tax effects in other comprehensive income and the gain or loss
from the ineffective portion was reported in earnings.
Certain of these agreements were terminated simultaneously with
the pricing of the related term securitization transactions. For
each terminated agreement, the realized gain or loss was
deferred and recorded in the equity section of the Consolidated
Balance Sheets, and is being reclassified into earnings as an
adjustment to interest expense over the terms of the related
term securitizations.
While the Company may continue to use derivative financial
instruments to reduce exposure to changing interest rates,
effective July 1, 2008, the Company discontinued the use of
hedge accounting. By discontinuing hedge accounting effective
July 1, 2008, any subsequent changes in the fair value of
derivative instruments, including those that had previously been
accounted for under hedge accounting, is recognized immediately
in loss on derivatives and hedging activities. This change
creates volatility in our results of operations, as the market
value of our derivative financial instruments changes over time,
and this volatility may adversely impact our results of
operations and financial condition.
For the forecasted transactions that are probable of occurring,
the derivative gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive
income as of June 30, 2008 will be reclassified into
earnings as an adjustment to interest expense over the terms of
the related forecasted borrowings, consistent with hedge
accounting treatment. In the event that the related forecasted
borrowing is no longer probable of occurring, the related gain
or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income is recognized
in earnings immediately.
During 2008, the Company concluded that certain forecasted
transactions were not probable of occurring on the anticipated
date or in the additional time period permitted by
SFAS No. 133. As a result, a $5.0 million pretax
($3.0 million after tax) loss was reclassified from
accumulated other comprehensive income into loss on derivatives
and hedging activities for the year ended December 31,
2008, for the related cash flow hedges.
In July 2004, we issued a term note securitization with certain
classes of notes issued at variable rates to investors. We
simultaneously entered into interest-rate swap contracts to
convert these borrowings to a fixed interest cost to the Company
for the term of the borrowing. These interest-rate swap
agreements are designated as cash flow hedges of the term note
securitization. The fair value is recorded in other assets or
other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and
unrealized gains or losses are recorded in the equity section of
the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the first quarter of
2008, these interest-rate swap agreements reached their
contractual expiration dates, concurrent with the maturing of
the related borrowings.
79
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following tables summarize specific information regarding
the active and terminated interest-rate swap agreements
described above:
For
Active Agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inception Date
|
|
March, 2008
|
|
|
January, 2008
|
|
|
December, 2007
|
|
|
August, 2007
|
|
|
August, 2006
|
|
|
July, 2004
|
|
Commencement Date
|
|
October, 2009
|
|
|
October, 2009
|
|
|
October, 2009
|
|
|
October, 2008
|
|
|
October, 2008
|
|
|
July, 2004
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Notional amount:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
$
|
3,066
|
|
For active agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value recorded in other assets (liabilities)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
(653
|
)
|
|
$
|
(922
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,955
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,823
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,175
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(46
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,010
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,704
|
)
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Unrealized gain (loss), net of tax, recorded in equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
246
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
|
$
|
190
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,213
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,632
|
)
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
For
Terminated Agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inception Date
|
|
August, 2007
|
|
|
August, 2006
|
|
|
August 2006/August 2007
|
|
|
June/September, 2005
|
|
|
October/December, 2004
|
|
Commencement Date
|
|
October, 2008
|
|
|
October, 2008
|
|
|
October, 2007
|
|
|
September, 2006
|
|
|
August, 2005
|
|
Termination Date
|
|
October, 2008
|
|
|
September, 2008
|
|
|
October, 2007
|
|
|
September, 2006
|
|
|
August, 2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Notional amount
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
300,000
|
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
Realized gain (loss) at termination
|
|
$
|
(1,717
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,595
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,683
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,732
|
|
|
$
|
3,151
|
|
Deferred gain (loss), net of tax, recorded in equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(777
|
)
|
|
$
|
399
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,462
|
)
|
|
$
|
974
|
|
|
$
|
229
|
|
Amortization recognized as increase (decrease) in interest
expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,136
|
|
|
$
|
(953
|
)
|
|
$
|
(354
|
)
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
255
|
|
|
$
|
(1,543
|
)
|
|
$
|
(749
|
)
|
Expected amortization during next 12 months as increase
(decrease) in interest expense
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
699
|
|
|
$
|
(514
|
)
|
|
$
|
(26
|
)
|
80
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company recorded a loss on derivatives and hedging
activities for the periods indicated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Change in fair value of derivative contracts
|
|
$
|
(10,998
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cash flow hedging losses on forecasted transactions no longer
probable of
occurring(1)
|
|
|
(5,041
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on derivatives and hedging activities
|
|
$
|
(16,039
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income |
The Company also uses interest-rate cap agreements that are not
designated for hedge accounting treatment to fulfill certain
covenants in its special purpose subsidiarys warehouse
borrowing arrangements. Accordingly, these cap agreements are
recorded at fair value in other assets at $53,000 and $182,000
as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007,
respectively. The notional amount of interest-rate caps owned as
of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 was
$175.8 million and $227.0 million, respectively.
Changes in the fair values of the caps are recorded in financing
related costs in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
The Company also sells interest-rate caps to partially offset
the interest-rate caps required to be purchased by the
Companys special purpose subsidiary under its warehouse
borrowing arrangements. These sales generate premium revenues to
partially offset the premium cost of purchasing the required
interest-rate caps. On a consolidated basis, the interest-rate
cap positions sold partially offset the interest-rate cap
positions owned. As of December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, the notional amount of interest-rate cap
sold agreements totaled $165.5 million and
$214.8 million, respectively. The fair value of
interest-rate caps sold is recorded in other liabilities at
$40,000 and $182,000 as of December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, respectively. Changes in the fair values
of the caps are recorded in financing related costs in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
|
|
12.
|
Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosures about the Fair Value of
Financial Instruments
|
Fair
Value Measurements
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted
SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, which
establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and
enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. The
provisions of SFAS No. 157, as amended by FASB Staff
Position
FAS 157-1,
exclude provisions of SFAS No. 13, Accounting for
Leases, and other accounting pronouncements that address
fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or
measurement under SFAS No. 13.
As defined in SFAS No. 157, fair value is the price
that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or
liability at the measurement date (exit price).
SFAS No. 157 establishes a three-level valuation
hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements based upon
the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or
liability as of the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy
gives the highest priority to quoted prices (unadjusted) in
active markets for identical assets or liabilities
(Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable
inputs (Level 3). The level in the fair value hierarchy
within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is
determined based on the lowest level input that is significant
to the measurement in its entirety.
The three levels are defined as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 Inputs to the valuation are unadjusted
quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities.
|
81
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Level 2 Inputs to the valuation may include
quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active or
inactive markets, and inputs other than quoted prices, such as
interest rates and yield curves, that are observable for the
asset or liability for substantially the full term of the
financial instrument.
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Inputs to the valuation are
unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.
Level 3 inputs shall be used to measure fair value only to
the extent that observable inputs are not available.
|
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage
exposure to the effects of changes in market interest rates and
to fulfill certain covenants in our borrowing arrangements. All
derivatives are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at
their fair value as either assets or liabilities. Because the
Companys derivatives are not listed on an exchange, the
Company values these instruments using a valuation model with
pricing inputs that are observable in the market or that can be
derived principally from or corroborated by observable market
data. The Companys methodology also incorporates the
impact of both the Companys and the counterpartys
credit standing.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring
basis include the following as of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using
|
|
|
Assets/Liabilities
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
at Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-rate caps purchased
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
Interest-rate swaps
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-rate caps sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Interest-rate swaps
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,528
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,528
|
|
Disclosures
about the Fair Value of Financial Instruments
SFAS No. 107, Disclosures About Fair Value of
Financial Instruments, requires the disclosure of the
estimated fair value of financial instruments including those
financial instruments not measured at fair value on a recurring
basis. The provisions of SFAS No. 107 exclude certain
instruments, such as the net investment in leases and all
nonfinancial instruments.
The fair values shown below have been derived, in part, by
managements assumptions, the estimated amount and timing
of future cash flows and estimated discount rates. Valuation
techniques involve uncertainties and require assumptions and
judgments regarding prepayments, credit risk and discount rates.
Changes in these assumptions will result in different valuation
estimates. The fair values presented would not necessarily be
realized in an immediate sale. Derived fair value estimates
cannot necessarily be substantiated by comparison to independent
markets or to other companies fair value information.
82
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following summarizes the carrying amount and estimated fair
value of the Companys financial instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
32,776
|
|
|
$
|
32,776
|
|
|
$
|
34,347
|
|
|
$
|
34,347
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
66,212
|
|
|
|
66,212
|
|
|
|
141,070
|
|
|
|
141,070
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
11,452
|
|
|
|
11,201
|
|
|
|
14,025
|
|
|
|
14,181
|
|
Interest-rate caps purchased
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
Derivative collateral
|
|
|
7,494
|
|
|
|
7,494
|
|
|
|
4,361
|
|
|
|
4,361
|
|
Interest-rate swaps
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving and term secured borrowings
|
|
|
543,308
|
|
|
|
535,042
|
|
|
|
773,085
|
|
|
|
782,611
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
63,385
|
|
|
|
64,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
14,426
|
|
|
|
14,426
|
|
|
|
15,800
|
|
|
|
15,800
|
|
Interest-rate caps sold
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
Interest-rate swaps
|
|
|
11,528
|
|
|
|
11,528
|
|
|
|
4,760
|
|
|
|
4,760
|
|
The paragraphs which follow describe the methods and assumptions
used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments.
|
|
(a)
|
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
|
The carrying amounts of the Companys cash and cash
equivalents approximate fair value as of December 31, 2008
and 2007, because they bear interest at market rates and have
maturities of less than 90 days.
The Company maintains cash reserve accounts as a form of credit
enhancement in connection with the
Series 2007-1,
2006-1,
2005-1 and
2004-1 term
securitizations. The book value of such cash reserve accounts is
included in restricted cash on the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheet. The reserve accounts earn a floating market rate
of interest which results in a fair value approximating the
carrying amount at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
The fair values of loans are estimated by discounting
contractual cash flows, using interest rates currently being
offered by the Company for loans with similar terms and
remaining maturities to borrowers with similar credit risk
characteristics. Estimates utilized were based on the original
credit status of the borrowers combined with the portfolio
delinquency statistics.
|
|
(d)
|
Revolving
and Term Secured Borrowings
|
The fair value of the Companys debt and secured borrowings
was estimated by discounting cash flows at current rates offered
to the Company for debt and secured borrowings of the same or
similar remaining maturities.
83
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The fair value of the Companys deposits was estimated by
discounting cash flows at current rates paid by the Company for
brokered deposits of the same or similar remaining maturities.
|
|
(f)
|
Accounts
Payable and Accrued Expenses
|
The carrying amount of the Companys accounts payable
approximates fair value as of December 31, 2008 and 2007,
because of the relatively short timeframe to realization.
|
|
(g)
|
Interest-Rate
Swaps and Interest-Rate Caps
|
Interest-rate swaps and interest-rate caps are measured at fair
value on a recurring basis in accordance with the requirements
of SFAS No. 157, using the inputs and methods
described previously in the Fair Value Measurements
section of this Note.
The Companys income tax provision consisted of the
following components:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
(2,147
|
)
|
|
$
|
13,490
|
|
|
$
|
11,539
|
|
State
|
|
|
1,132
|
|
|
|
2,534
|
|
|
|
2,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
|
|
|
(1,015
|
)
|
|
|
16,024
|
|
|
|
13,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(928
|
)
|
|
|
(3,802
|
)
|
|
|
(1,390
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(1,218
|
)
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
|
(2,146
|
)
|
|
|
(3,949
|
)
|
|
|
(1,346
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income taxes
|
|
$
|
(3,161
|
)
|
|
$
|
12,075
|
|
|
$
|
12,577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on
January 1, 2007. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition
threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected
to be taken in a tax return. Guidance is also provided on
derecognition, classification, interest and penalties,
accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Based
on our evaluation, we concluded that there are no significant
uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in our financial
statements. There was no effect on our financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows as a result of implementing
FIN 48, and we did not have any unrecognized tax benefits.
At December 31, 2008, there have been no material changes
to the liability for uncertain tax positions and there are no
unrecognized tax benefits. We do not expect our unrecognized tax
positions to change significantly over the next twelve months.
The periods subject to examination for the Companys
federal return include the 1997 tax year to the present. The
Company files state income tax returns in various states which
may have different statutes of limitations. Generally, state
income tax returns for years 2003 through 2008 are subject to
examination.
Deferred income tax expense results principally from the use of
different revenue and expense recognition methods for tax and
financial accounting purposes primarily related to lease
accounting. The Company estimates
84
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
these differences and adjusts to actual upon preparation of the
income tax returns. The sources of these temporary differences
and the related tax effects were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for credit losses
|
|
$
|
6,071
|
|
|
$
|
4,442
|
|
|
$
|
3,246
|
|
Interest-rate swaps and caps
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
431
|
|
Deferred income
|
|
|
1,728
|
|
|
|
2,175
|
|
|
|
2,258
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
1,513
|
|
|
|
1,044
|
|
|
|
1,106
|
|
Other comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
14,843
|
|
|
|
10,011
|
|
|
|
7,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease accounting
|
|
|
(26,589
|
)
|
|
|
(21,403
|
)
|
|
|
(24,838
|
)
|
Deferred acquisition costs
|
|
|
(3,511
|
)
|
|
|
(3,979
|
)
|
|
|
(3,670
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,251
|
)
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
(306
|
)
|
|
|
(311
|
)
|
|
|
(352
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred income tax liabilities
|
|
|
30,516
|
|
|
|
25,693
|
|
|
|
30,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax liability
|
|
$
|
(15,673
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15,682
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,931
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, the Company has utilized all its
federal and state net operating loss carryforwards
(NOLs) generated in prior tax years. The federal net
operating loss generated in 2008 will be carried back to tax
year 2006.
The following is a reconciliation of the statutory federal
income tax rate to the effective income tax rate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
|
(35.0
|
)%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)%
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
Other permanent differences
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
True-up of
deferred tax accounts
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective Rate
|
|
|
(37.7
|
)%
|
|
|
39.8
|
%
|
|
|
40.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
14.
|
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
|
The following table details the components of comprehensive
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss), as reported
|
|
$
|
(5,230
|
)
|
|
$
|
18,286
|
|
|
$
|
18,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in fair values of cash flow hedge derivatives
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
|
(6,287
|
)
|
|
|
(802
|
)
|
Reclassification of cash flow hedging losses on forecasted
transactions no longer probable of
occurring(1)
|
|
|
5,041
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of net deferred gain on cash flow hedge derivatives
|
|
|
(171
|
)
|
|
|
(2,037
|
)
|
|
|
(1,907
|
)
|
Tax effect
|
|
|
(2,166
|
)
|
|
|
3,302
|
|
|
|
1,081
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
3,297
|
|
|
|
(5,022
|
)
|
|
|
(1,628
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,933
|
)
|
|
$
|
13,264
|
|
|
$
|
17,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reclassified to Loss on derivatives and hedging activities. |
|
|
15.
|
Stockholders
Equity and Earnings Per Share
|
Stockholders
Equity
On November 2, 2007, the Board of Directors approved a
stock repurchase plan. Under this program, Marlin is authorized
to repurchase up to $15 million of its outstanding shares
of common stock. This authority may be exercised from time to
time and in such amounts as market conditions warrant. Any
shares purchased under this plan are returned to the status of
authorized but unissued shares of common stock. The repurchases
may be made on the open market, in block trades or otherwise.
The program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. The
stock repurchases are funded using the Companys working
capital.
Marlin purchased 331,315 shares of its common stock for
$2.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2008.
Marlin purchased 122,000 shares of its common stock for
$1.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2007.
At December 31, 2008, Marlin had $11.0 million
remaining in its stock repurchase plan authorized by the Board.
In addition to the repurchases described above, pursuant to the
Companys 2003 Equity Compensation Plan (as amended, the
2003 Plan), participants may have shares withheld to
cover income taxes. There were 2,444 such shares repurchased
pursuant to the 2003 Plan during the year ended
December 31, 2008, at an average cost of $6.78. There were
no such shares repurchased pursuant to the 2003 Plan during the
year ended December 31, 2007.
Regulatory
Capital Requirements
On March 20, 2007, the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) approved the application of our
wholly-owned subsidiary, Marlin Business Bank (MBB)
to become an industrial bank chartered by the State of Utah. MBB
commenced operations effective March 12, 2008. MBB provides
diversification of the Companys funding sources and, over
time, may add other product offerings to better serve our
customer base.
On December 31, 2008, MBB received approval from the
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (FRB) to
(i) convert from an industrial bank to a state-chartered
commercial bank and (ii) become a member of the Federal
Reserve System. In addition, on December 31, 2008, Marlin
Business Services Corp. received approval to become a bank
holding company upon conversion of MBB from an industrial bank
to a commercial bank.
86
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
On January 13, 2009, MBB converted from an industrial bank
to a commercial bank chartered and supervised by the State of
Utah and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
(the Federal Reserve Board). In connection with the
conversion of MBB to a commercial bank, Marlin Business Services
Corp. became a bank holding company on January 13, 2009. On
January 20, 2009, MBB submitted a modification request to
the FDIC related to an outstanding Order that restricts the
growth of MBB during its first three years of operations. At
this time, we are awaiting a response from the FDIC on the
modification request. Until we receive approval for this
modification, we do not expect to have clear visibility on our
overall funding options.
MBB is subject to capital adequacy guidelines issued by the
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (the
FFIEC). These risk-based capital and leverage
guidelines make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive
to differences in risk profiles among banking organizations and
consider off-balance sheet exposures in determining capital
adequacy. Under the rules and regulations of the FFIEC, at least
half of a banks total capital is required to be
Tier I capital as defined in the regulations,
comprised of common equity, retained earnings and a limited
amount of non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock. The
remaining capital, Tier II capital, as defined
in the regulations, may consist of other preferred stock, a
limited amount of term subordinated debt or a limited amount of
the reserve for possible credit losses. The FFIEC has also
adopted minimum leverage ratios for banks, which are calculated
by dividing Tier I capital by total quarterly average
assets. Recognizing that the risk-based capital standards
principally address credit risk rather than interest rate,
liquidity, operational or other risks, many banks are expected
to maintain capital in excess of the minimum standards. The
Company will provide the necessary capital to maintain MBB at
well-capitalized status as defined by banking
regulations. MBBs equity balance at December 31, 2008
was $13.3 million, which met all capital requirements to
which MBB is subject and qualified for
well-capitalized status. The following table sets
forth MBBs Tier 1 leverage ratio, Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio and total risk-based capital ratio at
December 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Capital
|
|
|
Well-Capitalized Capital
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Requirement
|
|
|
Requirement
|
|
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Tier 1 Leverage Capital
|
|
|
19.33
|
%
|
|
$
|
13,320
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,445
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,445
|
|
Tier 1 Risk-based Capital
|
|
|
17.26
|
%
|
|
$
|
13,320
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
$
|
4,631
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
$
|
4,631
|
|
Total Risk-based Capital
|
|
|
18.31
|
%
|
|
$
|
14,133
|
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
$
|
11,578
|
|
|
|
10
|
%(1)
|
|
$
|
7,719
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In addition, MBB must maintain a total risk-based capital ratio
greater than 15%. |
Prompt Corrective Action. The Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA) requires
the federal regulators to take prompt corrective action against
any undercapitalized institution. FDICIA establishes five
capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized,
undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically
undercapitalized. Well-capitalized institutions significantly
exceed the required minimum level for each relevant capital
measure. Adequately capitalized institutions include depository
institutions that meet but do not significantly exceed the
required minimum level for each relevant capital measure.
Undercapitalized institutions consist of those that fail to meet
the required minimum level for one or more relevant capital
measures. Significantly undercapitalized characterizes
depository institutions with capital levels significantly below
the minimum requirements for any relevant capital measure.
Critically undercapitalized refers to depository institutions
with minimal capital and at serious risk for government seizure.
Under certain circumstances, a well-capitalized, adequately
capitalized or undercapitalized institution may be treated as if
the institution were in the next lower capital category. A
depository institution is generally prohibited from making
capital distributions, including paying dividends, or paying
management fees to a holding company if the institution would
thereafter be undercapitalized. Institutions that are adequately
capitalized but not well-capitalized cannot accept, renew or
roll over brokered deposits except with a waiver from the
Federal Deposit
87
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and are subject to
restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid on such
deposits. Undercapitalized institutions may not accept, renew or
roll over brokered deposits.
The federal bank regulatory agencies are permitted or, in
certain cases, required to take certain actions with respect to
institutions falling within one of the three undercapitalized
categories. Depending on the level of an institutions
capital, the agencys corrective powers include, among
other things:
|
|
|
|
|
prohibiting the payment of principal and interest on
subordinated debt;
|
|
|
|
prohibiting the holding company from making distributions
without prior regulatory approval;
|
|
|
|
placing limits on asset growth and restrictions on activities;
|
|
|
|
placing additional restrictions on transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
restricting the interest rate the institution may pay on
deposits;
|
|
|
|
prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from
correspondent banks; and
|
|
|
|
in the most severe cases, appointing a conservator or receiver
for the institution.
|
A banking institution that is undercapitalized is required to
submit a capital restoration plan, and such a plan will not be
accepted unless, among other things, the banking
institutions holding company guarantees the plan up to a
certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository
institutions holding company is entitled to a priority of
payment in bankruptcy. At December 31, 2008, MBBs
Tier 1 leverage ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
and total risk-based capital ratio were 19.33%, 17.26% and
18.31%, respectively, compared to requirements for
well-capitalized status of 5%, 6% and 10%, respectively.
Pursuant to the Order issued by the FDIC on March 20, 2007
(the Order), MBB was required to have beginning
paid-in capital funds of not less than $12.0 million and
must keep its total risk-based capital ratio about 15%.
MBBs equity balance at December 31, 2008 was
$13.3 million, which qualifies for well
capitalized status. We are seeking to modify the Order
issued when MBB became an industrial bank to eliminate any
inconsistencies between the Order and the Federal Reserve Bank
of San Franciscos approval of MBB as a commercial
bank.
Dividends. The Federal Reserve Board has
issued policy statements which provide that, as a general
matter, insured banks and bank holding companies should pay
dividends only out of current operating earnings. Pursuant to
the Order, MBB is not permitted to pay dividends during the
first three years of operations without the prior written
approval of the FDIC and the State of Utah.
88
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Earnings
(Loss) Per Share
The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss) and
shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings (loss) per
common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per-share data)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(5,230
|
)
|
|
$
|
18,286
|
|
|
$
|
18,634
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing
basic EPS
|
|
|
11,874,647
|
|
|
|
12,079,172
|
|
|
|
11,803,973
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options and restricted stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,879
|
|
|
|
357,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted weighted average common shares used in computing
diluted EPS
|
|
|
11,874,647
|
|
|
|
12,299,051
|
|
|
|
12,161,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.44
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.51
|
|
|
$
|
1.58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.44
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.49
|
|
|
$
|
1.53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
options to purchase 711,510, 373,543 and 204,770 shares of
common stock were not considered in the computation of potential
common shares for purposes of diluted EPS, since the exercise
prices of the options were greater than the average market price
of the Companys common stock for the respective periods.
When computing diluted loss per share, all potential common
shares, including stock options and restricted stock, are
anti-dilutive to the loss per common share calculation.
Therefore, for the year ended December 31, 2008, the effect
of 114,373 potential common shares have not been considered for
diluted EPS purposes.
|
|
16.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
|
Under the terms of the Marlin Business Services Corp. 2003
Equity Compensation Plan (as amended, the 2003
Plan), employees, certain consultants and advisors, and
non-employee members of the Companys board of directors
have the opportunity to receive incentive and nonqualified
grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted
stock and other equity-based awards as approved by the board.
These award programs are used to attract, retain and motivate
employees and to encourage individuals in key management roles
to retain stock. The Company has a policy of issuing new shares
to satisfy awards under the 2003 Plan. The aggregate number of
shares under the 2003 Plan that may be issued pursuant to stock
options or restricted stock grants was increased from 2,100,000
to 3,300,000 at the annual meeting of shareholders on
May 22, 2008. Not more than 1,650,000 of such shares shall
be available for issuance as restricted stock grants. There were
982,146 shares available for future grants under the 2003
Plan as of December 31, 2008.
Total stock-based compensation expense was $1.2 million,
$0.9 million and $2.6 million for the years ended
December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and
December 31, 2006, respectively. Excess tax benefits from
stock-based payment arrangements decreased cash provided by
operating activities and increased cash provided by financing
activities by $101,000, $1.2 million and $1.1 million
for the years ended December 31, 2008, December 31,
2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.
Stock
Options
Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal
to the market price of the Companys stock at the date of
the grant and have 7- to
10-year
contractual terms. All options issued contain service conditions
based on
89
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
the participants continued service with the Company, and
provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control
as defined in the 2003 Plan.
Employee stock options generally vest over four years. The
vesting of certain options is contingent on various Company
performance measures, such as earnings per share and net income.
Of the total options granted during the year ended
December 31, 2008, 136,845 shares are contingent on
performance factors. The Company has recognized expense related
to performance options based on the most probable performance
target as of December 31, 2008. Revised performance
assumptions during 2007 resulted in a reduction of $248,000 in
expense related to stock options during the year ended
December 31, 2007. There were no revisions necessary to
performance assumptions in 2008.
The Company also issues stock options to non-employee
independent directors. These options generally vest in one year.
The fair value of each stock option granted during the years
ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was estimated on the date
of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options issued
for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was
$3.25, $7.93 and $8.50 per share, respectively. The following
weighted average assumptions were used for valuing option grants
made during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Weighted Averages:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.45
|
%
|
|
|
4.50
|
%
|
|
|
4.84
|
%
|
Expected life
|
|
|
5.1 years
|
|
|
|
5.1 years
|
|
|
|
5.1 years
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
Expected dividends
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual
life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield
curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected life for
options granted represents the period each option is expected to
be outstanding and was determined by applying the simplified
method as defined by the Security and Exchange Commissions
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107
(SAB 107) due to the limited period of time the
Companys shares have been publicly traded. The expected
volatility was determined using historical volatilities based on
historical stock prices. The Company does not grant dividends,
and therefore did not assume expected dividends.
90
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
A summary of option activity for the three years ended
December 31, 2008 follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Outstanding, December 31, 2005
|
|
|
1,002,258
|
|
|
$
|
9.56
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
109,431
|
|
|
|
21.59
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(156,494
|
)
|
|
|
4.41
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(36,218
|
)
|
|
|
16.26
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, December 31, 2006
|
|
|
918,977
|
|
|
$
|
11.61
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
108,409
|
|
|
|
20.49
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(217,417
|
)
|
|
|
8.02
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(82,785
|
)
|
|
|
18.70
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, December 31, 2007
|
|
|
727,184
|
|
|
$
|
13.20
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
271,926
|
|
|
|
9.29
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(46,616
|
)
|
|
|
3.12
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(67,035
|
)
|
|
|
15.98
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
885,459
|
|
|
$
|
12.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the years ended December 31, 2008, December 31,
2007 and December 31, 2006, the Company recognized total
compensation expense related to options of $0.4 million,
$0.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The total
pre-tax intrinsic value of stock options exercised was
$0.3 million, $3.0 million and $2.7 million for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. The related tax benefits realized from the
exercise of stock options for the years ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006 were $0.1 million, $1.2 million
and $1.0 million, respectively.
The following table summarizes information about the stock
options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding
|
|
|
Options Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
Range of
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
Exercise Prices
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Life(Years)
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Life(Years)
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
$ 3.39
|
|
|
101,770
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
$
|
3.39
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
101,770
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
$
|
3.39
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$ 4.23 $ 5.01
|
|
|
58,641
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
4.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,641
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
4.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ 7.61 $10.18
|
|
|
356,822
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
9.53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
106,645
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
10.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
$14.00 $16.02
|
|
|
89,401
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
14.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74,329
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
14.64
|
|
|
|
|
|
$17.52 $22.23
|
|
|
278,825
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
20.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126,733
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
19.35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
885,459
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
$
|
12.32
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
468,118
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
$
|
11.16
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents
the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the Companys
closing stock price of $2.61 as of December 31, 2008, which
would have been received by the option holders had all option
holders exercised their options as of that date.
91
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As of December 31, 2008, the total future compensation cost
related to non-vested stock options not yet recognized in the
statement of operations was $635,000 and the weighted average
period over which these awards are expected to be recognized was
1.5 years, based on the most probable performance targets
as of December 31, 2008. In the event maximum performance
targets are achieved, an additional $1.2 million of
compensation cost would be recognized over a weighted average
period of 2.3 years.
The separation agreement entered into on December 20, 2006
with Marlins former President provided that, as of his
January 31, 2007 separation date, unvested options to
purchase 35,501 shares of common stock at an average
exercise price of $19.74 became vested. Options to purchase
138,390 shares at an average exercise price of $6.06
remained exercisable for 90 days following his separation
date, and options to purchase 45,191 shares at an average
exercise price of $19.33 will remain exercisable for two years
following the separation date. The acceleration of the vesting
of options pursuant to the separation agreement resulted in
incremental expense of $209,000 during the year ended
December 31, 2006, in addition to the $94,000 scheduled
expense recorded during 2006 on the grants subsequently
accelerated.
Restricted
Stock Awards
Restricted stock awards provide that, during the applicable
vesting periods, the shares awarded may not be sold or
transferred by the participant. The vesting period for
restricted stock awards generally ranges from 3 to
10 years, though certain awards for special projects may
vest in as little as one year depending on the duration of the
project. All awards issued contain service conditions based on
the participants continued service with the Company, and
may provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in
control as defined in the 2003 Plan.
The vesting of certain restricted shares may be accelerated to a
minimum of 3 to 4 years based on achievement of various
individual and Company performance measures. In addition, the
Company has issued certain shares under a Management Stock
Ownership Program. Under this program, restrictions on the
shares lapse at the end of 10 years but may lapse (vest) in
a minimum of three years if the employee continues in service at
the Company and owns a matching number of other common shares in
addition to the restricted shares.
Of the total restricted stock awards granted during the year
ended December 31, 2008, 44,354 shares may be subject
to accelerated vesting based on performance factors; no shares
are contingent upon performance factors. The Company has
recognized expense related to performance-based shares based on
the most probable performance target as of December 31,
2008. Revised performance assumptions during 2007 resulted in a
reduction of $425,000 in expense related to restricted stock
awards during the year ended December 31, 2007. There were
no revisions necessary to performance assumptions in 2008.
The Company also issues restricted stock to non-employee
independent directors. These shares generally vest in seven
years from the grant date or six months following the
directors termination from Board service.
92
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table summarizes the activity of the non-vested
restricted stock during the year ended December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant-Date
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Non-vested restricted stock at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
141,180
|
|
|
$
|
16.91
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
107,396
|
|
|
|
21.79
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(36,250
|
)
|
|
|
16.02
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(4,595
|
)
|
|
|
17.51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested restricted stock at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
207,731
|
|
|
$
|
19.57
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
95,295
|
|
|
|
19.76
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(47,211
|
)
|
|
|
17.60
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(37,567
|
)
|
|
|
19.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested restricted stock at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
218,248
|
|
|
$
|
20.17
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
330,168
|
|
|
|
6.13
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(15,684
|
)
|
|
|
18.58
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(28,818
|
)
|
|
|
15.49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested restricted stock at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
503,914
|
|
|
$
|
11.29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
the Company granted restricted stock awards totaling
$2.0 million, $1.9 million and $2.3 million,
respectively. As vesting occurs, or is deemed likely to occur,
compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service
period and additional paid-in capital is increased. The Company
recognized compensation expense of $0.7 million,
$0.5 million and $1.5 million related to restricted
stock for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
As of December 31, 2008, there was $2.9 million of
unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted
stock compensation scheduled to be recognized over a weighted
average period of 3.5 years, based on the most probable
performance targets as of December 31, 2008. In the event
maximum performance targets are achieved, an additional $791,000
of compensation cost would be recognized over a weighted average
period of 0.9 years. The fair value of shares that vested
was $0.1 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million
during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
The separation agreement entered into with Marlins former
President provided that 18,365 unvested restricted shares became
vested as of his January 31, 2007 separation date. The
acceleration of the vesting of restricted shares pursuant to the
separation agreement resulted in incremental expense of $93,000
during the year ended December 31, 2006, in addition to the
$180,000 scheduled expense recorded during 2006 on the grants
subsequently accelerated.
Employee
Stock Purchase Plan
In October 2003, the Company adopted the Employee Stock Purchase
Plan (the ESPP). Under the terms of the ESPP,
employees have the opportunity to purchase shares of common
stock during designated offering periods equal to the lesser of
95% of the fair market value per share on the first day of the
offering period or the purchase date. Participants are limited
to 10% of their compensation. The aggregate number of shares
under the ESPP that may be issued is 200,000. During 2008 and
2007, 36,360 and 17,994 shares, respectively, of common
stock were sold for $149,000 and $273,000, respectively pursuant
to the terms of the ESPP.
93
MARLIN
BUSINESS SERVICES CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company adopted a 401(k) plan (the Plan) which
originally became effective as of January 1, 1997. The
Companys employees are entitled to participate in the
Plan, which provides savings and investment opportunities.
Employees can contribute up to the maximum annual amount
allowable per Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
guidelines. During 2006 and the first six months of 2007, the
Plan also provided for Company contributions equal to 25% of an
employees contribution percentage up to a maximum employee
contribution of 4%. Effective July 1, 2007, the Plan
provides for Company contributions equal to 25% of an
employees contribution percentage up to a maximum employee
contribution of 6%. The Company elected to double the required
match in 2006. The Companys contributions to the Plan for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were
approximately $177,000, $159,000 and $298,000, respectively.
|
|
18.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
The Company obtains all of its commercial, healthcare and other
insurance coverage through The Selzer Company, an insurance
broker located in Warrington, Pennsylvania. Richard Dyer, the
brother of Daniel P. Dyer, the Chairman of the Board of
Directors and Chief Executive Officer, is the President of The
Selzer Company. We do not have any contractual arrangement with
The Selzer Group or Richard Dyer, nor do we pay either of them
any direct fees. Insurance premiums paid to The Selzer Company
were $584,000, $521,000 and $566,000 during the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
94
|
|
Item 9.
|
Changes
in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
|
None.
|
|
Item 9A.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
Disclosure Controls and Procedures The
Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are
designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in
the Companys reports under the Exchange Act is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods
specified in the SECs rules and forms, and that such
information is accumulated and communicated to management,
including the Companys Chief Executive Officer
(CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO),
as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure.
In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
as of December 31, 2008, we updated our evaluation of the
effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure
controls and procedures for purposes of filing reports under the
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. This controls evaluation
was done under the supervision and with the participation of
management, including our CEO and our CFO. Our CEO and our CFO
have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in
Rule 13(a)-15(e)
and 15(d)-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are effective to provide
reasonable assurance that information relating to us and our
subsidiaries that we are required to disclose in the reports
that we file or submit to the SEC is accumulated and
communicated to management as appropriate to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure, and is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported with the time periods
specified in the SECs rules and forms.
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting Our CEO and CFO provided a
report on behalf of management on our internal control over
financial reporting. The full text of managements report
is contained in Item 8 of this
Form 10-K
and is incorporated herein by reference.
Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting
Firm The attestation report of our independent
registered public accounting firm on their assessment of
internal control over financial reporting is contained in
Item 8 of this
Form 10-K
and is incorporated herein by reference.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting There were no changes in the
Companys internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the Companys fourth fiscal quarter of 2008
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
affect materially, the Companys internal control over
financial reporting.
|
|
Item 9B.
|
Other
Information
|
None.
PART III
|
|
Item 10.
|
Directors,
Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
|
The information required by Item 10 is incorporated by
reference from the information in the Registrants
definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
We have adopted a code of ethics and business conduct that
applies to all of our directors, officers and employees,
including our principal executive officer, principal financial
officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing
similar functions. Our code of ethics and business conduct is
available free of charge within the investor relations
section of our Web site at www.marlincorp.com. We intend
to post on our Web site any amendments and waivers to the code
of ethics and business conduct that are required to be disclosed
by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or file
a
Form 8-K,
Item 5.05 to the extent required by NASDAQ listing
standards.
95
|
|
Item 11.
|
Executive
Compensation
|
The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by
reference from the information in the Registrants
definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
|
|
Item 12.
|
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters
|
The information required by Item 12 is incorporated by
reference from the information in the Registrants
definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
|
|
Item 13.
|
Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
Independence
|
The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by
reference from the information in the Registrants
definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
|
|
Item 14.
|
Principal
Accountant Fees and Services
|
The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by
reference from the information in the Registrants
definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
PART IV
|
|
Item 15.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules
|
(a) Documents filed as part of this Report
The following is a list of consolidated and combined financial
statements and supplementary data included in this report under
Item 8 of Part II hereof:
1. Financial Statements and Supplemental Data
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and
2007.
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
2. Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules, are omitted because they are not applicable or are
not required, or because the required information is included in
the consolidated and combined financial statements or notes
thereto.
(b) Exhibits.
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1(12)
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated November 15, 2006, between Piper
Jaffray & Co., Primus Capital Fund IV Limited
Partnership and its affiliate and Marlin Business Services Corp.
|
|
3
|
.1(16)
|
|
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant.
|
|
3
|
.2(2)
|
|
Bylaws of the Registrant.
|
|
4
|
.1(2)
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Registration Agreement, as amended
through July 26, 2001, by and among Marlin Leasing
Corporation and certain of its shareholders.
|
|
10
|
.1(18)
|
|
2003 Equity Compensation Plan of the Registrant, as amended.
|
|
10
|
.2(2)
|
|
2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of the Registrant.
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.3(4)
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2003, between
Liberty Property Limited Partnership and Marlin Leasing
Corporation.
|
|
10
|
.4(2)
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2003 between
Daniel P. Dyer and the Registrant.
|
|
10
|
.5(21)
|
|
Amendment
2008-1 dated
as of December 31, 2008 to the Employment Agreement between
Daniel P. Dyer and the Registrant.
|
|
10
|
.6(2)
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2003 between
George D. Pelose and the Registrant.
|
|
10
|
.7(11)
|
|
Amendment
2006-1 dated
as of May 19, 2006 to the Employment Agreement between
George D. Pelose and the Registrant.
|
|
10
|
.8(21)
|
|
Amendment
2008-1 dated
as of December 31, 2008 to the Employment Agreement between
George D. Pelose and the Registrant.
|
|
10
|
.9(1)
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Warehouse Revolving Credit Facility
Agreement dated as of August 31, 2001, by and among Marlin
Leasing Corporation, the Lenders and National City Bank.
|
|
10
|
.10(1)
|
|
First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Warehouse
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of July 28,
2003, by and among Marlin Leasing Corporation, the Lenders and
National City Bank.
|
|
10
|
.11(3)
|
|
Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Warehouse
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of October 16,
2003, by and among Marlin Leasing Corporation, the Lenders and
National City Bank.
|
|
10
|
.12(8)
|
|
Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Warehouse
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of August 26,
2005, by and among Marlin Leasing Corporation, the Lenders and
National City Bank.
|
|
10
|
.13(14)
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Warehouse
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of April 2,
2007, by and among Marlin Leasing Corporation, the Lenders and
National City Bank.
|
|
10
|
.14(20)
|
|
Fifth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Warehouse
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of
September 12, 2008, by and among Marlin Leasing
Corporation, the Lenders and National City Bank.
|
|
10
|
.15(1)
|
|
Master Lease Receivables Asset-Backed Financing Facility
Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2002, by and among Marlin
Leasing Corporation, Marlin Leasing Receivables Corp. II and
Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association.
|
|
10
|
.16(1)
|
|
Series 2002-A
Supplement, dated as of April 1, 2002, to the Master Lease
Receivables Asset-Backed Financing Facility Agreement, dated as
of April 1, 2002, by and among Marlin Leasing Corporation,
Marlin Leasing Receivables Corp. II, Marlin Leasing
Receivables II LLC, National City Bank and Wells Fargo Bank
Minnesota, National Association.
|
|
10
|
.17(1)
|
|
First Amendment to
Series 2002-A
Supplement and Consent to Assignment of
2002-A Note,
dated as of July 10, 2003, by and among Marlin Leasing
Corporation, Marlin Leasing Receivables Corp. II, Marlin Leasing
Receivables II LLC, ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and Wells Fargo Bank
Minnesota, National Association.
|
|
10
|
.18(4)
|
|
Second Amendment to
Series 2002-A
Supplement, dated as of January 13, 2004, by and among
Marlin Leasing Corporation, Marlin Leasing Receivables Corp. II,
Marlin Leasing Receivables II LLC, Bank One, N.A., and
Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association.
|
|
10
|
.19(4)
|
|
Third Amendment to
Series 2002-A
Supplement, dated as of March 19, 2004, by and among Marlin
Leasing Corporation, Marlin Leasing Receivables Corp. II, Marlin
Leasing Receivables II LLC, Bank One, N.A., and Wells Fargo
Bank Minnesota, National Association.
|
|
10
|
.20(5)
|
|
Fifth Amendment to
Series 2002-A
Supplement, dated as of March 18, 2005, by and among Marlin
Leasing Corporation, Marlin Leasing Receivables Corp. II, Marlin
Leasing Receivables II LLC, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.,
(successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.), and Wells Fargo Bank
Minnesota, National Association.
|
|
10
|
.21(10)
|
|
Amended & Restated
Series 2002-A
Supplement to the Master Facility Agreement, dated as of
March 15, 2006, by and among Marlin Leasing Corporation,
Marlin Leasing Receivables Corp. II, Marlin Leasing
Receivables II LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A.
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.22(15)
|
|
First Amendment to the Amended and Restated
Series 2002-A
Supplement to the Master Lease Receivables Asset-Backed
Financing Facility Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007,
by and among Marlin Leasing Corporation, JP Morgan Chase Bank,
N.A., (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.), and Wells Fargo
Bank Minnesota, National Association.
|
|
10
|
.23(19)
|
|
First Amendment to the Amended & Restated
Series 2002-A
Supplement to the Master Facility Agreement, dated as of
August 29, 2008, by and among Marlin Leasing Corporation,
Marlin Leasing Receivables Corp. II, Marlin Leasing
Receivables II LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A.
|
|
10
|
.24(6)
|
|
Compensation Policy for Non-Employee Independent Directors.
|
|
10
|
.25(9)
|
|
Transition & Release Agreement made as of
December 6, 2005 (effective as of December 14,
2005) between Bruce E. Sickel and the Registrant.
|
|
10
|
.26(13)
|
|
Separation Agreement, dated December 20, 2006, between
Marlin Business Services Corp. and Gary R. Shivers.
|
|
10
|
.27(17)
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2007 and effective
as of March 11, 2008, by and between the Registrant,
Peachtree Equity Investment Management, Inc. and WCI (Private
Equity) LLC.
|
|
16
|
.1(7)
|
|
Letter on Change in Certifying Accountant dated June 27,
2005 from KPMG LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
List of Subsidiaries (Filed herewith)
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (Filed herewith)
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of Marlin Business
Services Corp. required by
Rule 13a-14(a)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. (Filed
herewith)
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Marlin Business
Services Corp. required by
Rule 13a-14(a)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. (Filed
herewith)
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer of Marlin Business Services Corp. required by
Rule 13a-14(b)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. (This
exhibit shall not be deemed filed for purposes of
Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section.
Further, this exhibit shall not be deemed to be incorporated by
reference into any filing under the Securities Exchange Act of
1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.). (Furnished herewith)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
|
(1) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
(File No.
333-108530),
filed on September 5, 2003, and incorporated by reference
herein. |
|
(2) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants Amendment No. 1 to
Registration Statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-108530),
filed on October 14, 2003, and incorporated by reference
herein. |
|
(3) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants Amendment No. 2 to
Registration Statement on
Form S-1
filed on October 28, 2003 (File
No. 333-108530),
and incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(4) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 filed on
March 29, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(5) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2005 filed on
May 9, 2005, and incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(6) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated May 26, 2005 filed on June 2, 2005, and
incorporated by reference herein. |
98
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated June 24, 2005 filed on June 29, 2005, and
incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(8) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated August 26, 2005 filed on August 26, 2005, and
incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(9) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated December 14, 2005 and filed on December 14,
2005, and incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(10) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated March 15, 2006 and filed on March 17, 2006, and
incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(11) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated May 19, 2006 and filed on May 25, 2006, and
incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(12) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated November 15, 2006 and filed on November 17,
2006, and incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(13) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated December 20, 2006 and filed on December 21,
2006, and incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(14) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated April 2, 2007 and filed on April 6, 2007, and
incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(15) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated August 30, 2007 and filed on September 5, 2007,
and incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(16) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 filed on
March 5, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(17) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated March 11, 2008 and filed on March 17, 2008, and
incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(18) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-8
(File No.
333-151358)
filed on June 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(19) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated August 29, 2008 and filed on September 5, 2008,
and incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(20) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated September 12, 2008 and filed on September 16,
2008, and incorporated by reference herein. |
|
(21) |
|
Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an exhibit to the Registrants
Form 8-K
dated December 31, 2008 and filed on January 7, 2009,
and incorporated by reference herein. |
99
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
Date: March 13, 2009
Marlin Business Services
Corp.
Daniel P. Dyer
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Daniel
P. Dyer
Daniel
P. Dyer
|
|
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
March 13, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Lynne
C. Wilson
Lynne
C. Wilson
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
March 13, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ John
J. Calamari
John
J. Calamari
|
|
Director
|
|
March 13, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Lawrence
J. DeAngelo
Lawrence
J. DeAngelo
|
|
Director
|
|
March 13, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Edward
Grzedzinski
Edward
Grzedzinski
|
|
Director
|
|
March 13, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Kevin
J. McGinty
Kevin
J. McGinty
|
|
Director
|
|
March 13, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Matthew
J. Sullivan
Matthew
J. Sullivan
|
|
Director
|
|
March 13, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ James
W. Wert
James
W. Wert
|
|
Director
|
|
March 13, 2009
|
100